1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
97 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
99 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
100 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
102 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
103 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
104 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
105 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
106 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
107 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
108 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
109 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
111 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
115 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
116 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
117 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
118 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
120 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
123 #ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
124 #define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX)
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
149 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
152 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
155 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
156 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
162 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
165 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
169 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
172 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
174 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
176 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
179 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
180 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
181 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
182 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
184 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
185 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
188 /* If we can't get the assembler to emit only .debug_frame, and we don't need
189 dwarf2 unwind info for exceptions, then emit .debug_frame by hand. */
190 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
191 && !flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
192 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
)
195 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
199 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
201 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
204 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
205 must be kept around forever. */
206 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
208 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
209 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
210 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
212 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
214 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
215 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
216 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
217 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
218 define type declaration DIE's. */
219 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
221 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
233 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
234 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
236 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
238 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
240 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
241 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
242 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
245 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
246 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
247 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
249 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
250 Information instructions. The register number, offset
251 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
252 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
254 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
256 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
262 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
263 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
264 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
265 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
266 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
270 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
271 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
272 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
273 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
275 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
280 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
281 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
282 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
283 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
284 of this structure. */
285 typedef struct cfa_loc
{
286 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
287 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
289 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
290 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
293 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
294 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
295 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
296 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
297 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
299 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
301 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
302 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
303 const char *dw_fde_end
;
304 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
;
305 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
;
306 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
307 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
308 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
309 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
310 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
311 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
312 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
313 unsigned funcdef_number
;
314 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
315 unsigned int drap_reg
;
316 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
317 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
318 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
319 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
320 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
321 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
322 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
323 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
324 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
325 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
326 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
327 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
328 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
329 cold_text_section. */
330 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
331 /* True iff switched sections. */
332 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
333 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
334 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
338 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
339 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
341 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
342 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
343 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
344 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
346 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
347 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
350 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
351 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
352 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
355 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
356 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
359 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
361 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
362 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
365 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
366 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
367 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
370 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
371 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
373 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
374 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
377 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
378 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
379 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
381 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
382 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
383 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
384 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
386 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
390 /* CIE identifier. */
391 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
392 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
393 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
395 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
398 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
399 information for each routine. */
400 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
402 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
403 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
405 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
406 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
408 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
410 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
412 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
414 static inline dw_fde_ref
417 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
420 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
421 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
423 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
424 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
425 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
426 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
427 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
429 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
431 unsigned int refcount
;
432 enum dwarf_form form
;
436 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
438 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
440 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
442 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
443 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
445 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
446 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
448 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
450 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
451 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
453 /* The default cold text section. */
454 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
456 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
458 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
459 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
460 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
461 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
462 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
463 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
464 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
465 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
467 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
469 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
470 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
471 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
472 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
473 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
474 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
476 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
477 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
478 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
479 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
480 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
481 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
482 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
484 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
485 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
486 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*mem_loc_descriptor
487 (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
, enum var_init_status
);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
511 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
514 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
515 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
518 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
519 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
521 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
522 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
523 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
524 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
525 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
526 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
527 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
528 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
529 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
530 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
532 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
533 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
535 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
537 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
539 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
543 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
544 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
545 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
546 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
549 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
552 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
554 /* Cache the last query. */
555 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
556 static int last_match
= 0;
557 if (path
!= last_path
)
560 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
562 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
563 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
568 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
571 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
572 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
573 int matches
, int result
)
575 /* Find the type name. */
576 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
578 const char *name
= 0;
579 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
582 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
584 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
586 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
587 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
588 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
589 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
590 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
592 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
595 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
596 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
600 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
606 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
608 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
610 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
613 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
615 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
617 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
618 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
619 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
620 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
622 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
624 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
625 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
627 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
628 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
629 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
632 /* Hook used by __throw. */
635 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
637 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
638 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
641 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
642 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
645 stripattributes (const char *s
)
647 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
652 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
659 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
660 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
663 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
665 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
666 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
667 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
670 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
672 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
673 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
675 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
676 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
680 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
681 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
684 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
686 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
689 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
692 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
695 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
696 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
697 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
698 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
700 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
702 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
704 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
706 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
707 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
710 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
711 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
712 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
714 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
716 wrote_return_column
= true;
718 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
722 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
723 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
727 if (!wrote_return_column
)
728 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
730 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
731 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
734 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
737 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
740 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
744 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
745 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
747 return "DW_CFA_offset";
749 return "DW_CFA_restore";
753 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
754 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
755 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
756 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
757 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
758 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
759 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
760 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
761 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
762 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
763 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
764 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
765 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
766 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
767 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
768 case DW_CFA_register
:
769 return "DW_CFA_register";
770 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
771 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
772 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
773 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
775 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
776 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
777 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
778 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
779 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
782 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
783 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
784 case DW_CFA_expression
:
785 return "DW_CFA_expression";
786 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
787 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
788 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
789 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
790 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
791 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
793 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
794 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
795 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
798 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
799 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
800 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
801 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
802 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
803 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
806 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
810 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
812 static inline dw_cfi_ref
815 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
817 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
819 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
824 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
827 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
830 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
832 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
833 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
834 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
835 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
836 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
837 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
838 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
842 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
844 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
851 /* Find the end of the chain. */
852 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
858 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
859 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
862 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
864 static char label
[20];
866 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
868 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
869 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
871 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
875 int num
= dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++;
876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", num
);
877 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LCFI", num
);
883 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
884 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
886 /* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */
887 static bool any_cfis_emitted
;
889 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
890 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
893 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
895 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
897 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
899 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
901 /* Emit the state save. */
902 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
903 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
904 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
905 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
908 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
910 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
914 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
916 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
918 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
919 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
920 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
921 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
922 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
923 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
924 if (dwarf_version
== 2
925 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
926 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
927 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
929 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
931 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
935 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
937 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
938 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
939 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
941 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
942 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
946 label
= xstrdup (label
);
948 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
950 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
951 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
952 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
953 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
954 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
955 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
956 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
957 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
965 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
967 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
968 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
970 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
971 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
972 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
973 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
974 sure how to address this for now. */
978 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
980 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
983 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
985 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
986 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
990 label
= xstrdup (label
);
992 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
994 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
995 set the location directly using set_loc. */
996 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
997 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
999 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
1000 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
1002 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
1005 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
1006 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
1009 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
1012 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
1015 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
1017 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1019 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1020 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1021 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1023 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1024 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1026 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1027 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1028 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1029 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1031 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1032 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
1035 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
1036 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
1038 remember
->in_use
= 1;
1040 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
1041 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
1043 remember
->in_use
= 0;
1051 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
1054 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
1058 dw_cfa_location remember
;
1060 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
1061 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1064 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1065 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1067 fde
= current_fde ();
1069 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1070 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1073 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
1074 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
1076 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
1078 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
1080 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
1081 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
1083 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
1084 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
1086 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1087 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
1089 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1090 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1091 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1094 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1096 dw_cfa_location loc
;
1098 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1100 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1101 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1104 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1107 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1109 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1110 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1111 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1112 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1113 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1116 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1117 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1120 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1123 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1128 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1129 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1131 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1132 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1134 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1135 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1140 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
&& !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1142 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1143 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1144 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1145 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1147 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1149 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1150 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1153 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1154 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1155 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1157 && !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1159 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1160 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1161 offset has not changed. */
1162 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1163 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1167 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1169 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1170 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1171 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1172 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1175 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1177 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1178 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1179 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1183 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1184 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1185 register-offset pair is available. */
1186 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1188 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1189 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1190 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1193 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1196 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1197 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1198 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1199 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1202 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1204 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1205 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1207 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1209 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1212 && fde
->stack_realign
1213 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1215 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1216 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1217 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1218 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1220 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1222 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1223 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1224 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1225 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1227 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1228 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1230 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1231 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1234 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1235 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1238 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1241 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1242 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1243 from the previous frame's window save area.
1245 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1246 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1249 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1251 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1253 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1254 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1257 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1258 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1261 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1263 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1266 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1267 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1270 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1272 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1275 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1276 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1279 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1281 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1284 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1285 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1288 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1290 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1291 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1293 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1296 /* RA is in a register. */
1297 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1301 /* RA is on the stack. */
1302 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1303 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1306 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1311 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1312 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1316 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1317 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1327 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1328 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1329 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1330 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1331 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1338 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1339 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1342 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1345 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1346 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1349 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1350 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1351 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1354 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1356 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1358 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1360 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1362 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1363 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1366 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1369 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1370 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1371 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1374 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1375 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1381 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1385 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1386 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1387 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1393 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1395 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1396 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1397 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1398 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1399 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1406 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1408 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1415 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1417 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1432 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1433 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1435 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1437 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1439 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1440 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1441 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1443 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1446 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1448 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1450 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1451 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1452 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1453 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1455 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1457 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1458 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1459 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1460 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1465 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1469 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1470 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1471 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1472 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1474 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1476 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1477 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1482 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1486 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1487 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1492 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1496 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1498 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1499 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1504 return cur_args_size
;
1507 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1510 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1512 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1514 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1516 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1517 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1518 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1520 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1521 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1522 insn
= get_insns ();
1523 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1524 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1527 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1529 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1530 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1532 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1533 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1534 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1535 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1536 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1538 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1540 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1542 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1547 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1549 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1551 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1556 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1557 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1562 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1563 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1565 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1566 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1567 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1568 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1570 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1571 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1574 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1575 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1577 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1578 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1579 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1582 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1583 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1587 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1591 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1594 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1598 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1601 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1602 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1605 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1606 pushed onto the stack. */
1609 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1613 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1616 old_args_size
= size
;
1619 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1620 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1621 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1624 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1627 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1629 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1630 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1632 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1633 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1635 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1638 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1642 args_size
+= offset
;
1646 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1647 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1648 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1651 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1652 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1653 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1656 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1658 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1662 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1663 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1664 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1665 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1666 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1669 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1670 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1671 shouldn't change at all. */
1673 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1674 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1677 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1678 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1679 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1681 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1683 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1684 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1685 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1686 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1687 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1688 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1689 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1690 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1695 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1697 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1698 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1701 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1703 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1704 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1705 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1706 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1707 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1711 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1716 offset
-= args_size
;
1717 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1721 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1722 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1723 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1724 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1726 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1728 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1729 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1730 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1739 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1740 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1743 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1744 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1745 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1747 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1748 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1750 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1754 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1756 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1757 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1762 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1763 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1764 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1765 more efficient data structure. */
1766 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1767 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1769 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1771 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1772 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1775 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1777 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1779 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1780 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1782 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1783 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1788 q
= ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1789 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1790 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1794 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1795 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1797 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1800 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1803 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1805 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1807 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1810 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1812 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1813 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1815 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1817 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1818 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1820 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1822 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1823 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1826 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1828 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1830 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1831 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1834 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1835 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1838 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1839 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1840 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1841 have a new location for? */
1844 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1846 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1848 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1851 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1853 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1854 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1855 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1862 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1865 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1868 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1870 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1871 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1873 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1875 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1876 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1878 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1879 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1881 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1882 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1883 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1886 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1889 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1891 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1893 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1895 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1896 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1899 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1900 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1901 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1902 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1908 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1909 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1910 value, not an offset. */
1911 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1913 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1916 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1918 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1920 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1923 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1924 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1928 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1933 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1934 if (GET_CODE (pat
) == PLUS
)
1936 cfa
.base_offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1937 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1939 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1943 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1947 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1950 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1953 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1957 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1958 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1959 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1961 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1964 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1965 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1975 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1976 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1978 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1981 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1984 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1986 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1987 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1989 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1990 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1991 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1992 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1994 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1995 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1998 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1999 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
2002 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
2003 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
2009 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2011 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2012 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2014 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
2017 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
2018 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
2021 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2023 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2025 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2026 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2028 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2030 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
2031 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
2032 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2037 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
2040 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2043 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
2045 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
2046 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
2049 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
2051 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2053 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
2055 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2056 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2057 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
2060 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */
2063 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2065 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2066 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2068 dest
= SET_DEST (set
);
2069 src
= SET_SRC (set
);
2071 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
2072 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest
));
2074 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2077 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
2078 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2079 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
2080 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest
, 0), GET_MODE (dest
),
2081 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
2083 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different,
2084 and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */
2085 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2088 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
2091 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
2093 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2094 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
2096 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
2097 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
2099 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2102 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
2103 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
2104 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
2105 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
2107 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
2108 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
2109 users need not read the source code.
2111 The High-Level Picture
2113 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
2114 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
2115 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
2116 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
2117 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
2119 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2120 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2121 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2122 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2123 saves. This also seems to work.
2125 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2126 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2127 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2128 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2129 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2130 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2131 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2132 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2133 value as in the caller.
2135 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2136 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2137 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2138 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2140 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2143 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2145 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2146 consists of a register and an offset.
2147 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2148 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2149 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2150 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2151 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2152 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2153 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2155 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2156 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2157 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2160 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2161 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2162 and cfa_temp.offset.
2164 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2167 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2168 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2169 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2171 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2172 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2173 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2174 register instead of CFA+offset.
2178 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2179 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2182 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2183 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2184 cfa.offset unchanged
2185 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2186 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2189 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2190 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2191 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2192 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2193 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2194 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2197 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2198 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2199 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2202 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2203 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2205 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2206 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2207 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2210 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2211 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2213 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2214 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2217 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2218 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2219 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2222 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2223 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2224 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2227 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2231 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2232 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2233 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2236 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2237 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2238 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2240 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2243 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2244 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2245 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2247 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2250 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2253 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2254 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2257 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2258 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2259 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2262 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2263 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2264 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2265 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2268 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2269 effects: target-dependent
2272 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2273 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2274 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2275 cfa_store.offset = 0
2276 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2279 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2280 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2283 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2284 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2285 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2286 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2289 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2290 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2292 && cfa.indirect == 0
2293 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2294 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2295 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2298 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2300 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2301 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2304 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2305 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2306 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2307 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2308 flag is set in them. */
2309 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2312 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2315 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2316 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2317 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2318 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2319 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2320 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2321 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2323 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2324 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2325 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2326 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2327 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2330 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2332 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2333 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2334 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2335 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2336 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2337 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2339 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2341 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2342 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2343 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2346 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2352 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2354 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2355 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2359 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2364 fde
= current_fde ();
2366 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2369 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2371 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2373 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2376 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2377 relative to the current CFA register.
2379 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2380 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2381 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2382 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2383 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2384 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2385 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2389 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2390 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2391 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2392 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2393 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2395 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2396 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2397 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2398 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2400 && fde
->stack_realign
2401 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2402 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2403 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2404 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2406 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2413 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2417 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2420 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2423 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2425 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2431 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2433 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2434 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2435 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2437 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2438 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2441 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2443 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2445 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2446 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2447 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2448 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2450 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2453 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2454 or adjusting the FP */
2455 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2457 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2458 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2459 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2460 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2461 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2463 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2464 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2468 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2471 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2472 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2473 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2475 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2476 into the FP later on. */
2477 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2478 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2479 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2480 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2481 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2482 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2486 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2487 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2488 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2490 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2491 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2492 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2493 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2494 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2498 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2499 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2501 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2502 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2511 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2512 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2517 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2518 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2519 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2521 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2522 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2523 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2526 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2527 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2534 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2535 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2536 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2541 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2542 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2544 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2546 /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set.
2547 Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */
2548 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2550 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2551 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2552 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2553 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2555 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2556 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2557 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2565 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2570 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2572 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2577 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2578 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2580 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2582 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2583 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2585 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2586 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2587 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2589 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2595 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2596 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2599 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2600 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2601 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2603 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2605 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2606 reference to represent the address of the stored
2609 && fde
->stack_realign
2610 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2612 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2613 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2616 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2617 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2619 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2623 /* With an offset. */
2630 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2631 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2632 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2633 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2636 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2638 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2639 offset
-= cfa
.offset
;
2640 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2641 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2644 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2645 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2651 /* Without an offset. */
2654 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2656 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2657 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
2658 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2659 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2662 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2663 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2670 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2671 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2672 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2673 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2681 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2682 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2683 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2687 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2688 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2689 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2691 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2693 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2696 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2697 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2698 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2699 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2702 && fde
->stack_realign
2703 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2704 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2706 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2708 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2710 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2711 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2712 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2715 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2717 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2721 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2722 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2724 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2725 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2730 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2731 calculate the CFA. */
2732 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2736 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2738 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2739 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2741 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2746 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2748 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2751 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2754 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2755 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2759 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2761 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2763 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2764 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2766 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2768 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2769 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2780 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2781 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2782 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2784 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2785 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2788 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2792 bool handled_one
= false;
2794 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2798 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2799 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2801 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2804 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2806 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2809 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2811 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2813 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2814 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2816 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2818 if (barrier_args_size
)
2820 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2821 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2826 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2827 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2829 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2831 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2832 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2833 is still used to save registers. */
2834 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2835 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2839 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2840 any_cfis_emitted
= false;
2842 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2843 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2845 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2846 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2849 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2850 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2854 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2859 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2860 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2862 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2866 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2869 n
= single_set (insn
);
2870 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2874 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2879 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2880 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2882 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2886 case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION
:
2889 n
= single_set (insn
);
2890 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n
, label
);
2894 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2899 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2900 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2903 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2907 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2911 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2914 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2916 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2927 if (any_cfis_emitted
)
2928 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2932 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2934 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2936 /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
2937 We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
2938 removing the check above. */
2939 if (any_cfis_emitted
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2940 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2943 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2944 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2945 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2946 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2949 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2951 bool saw_frp
= false;
2954 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2955 frame related insns. */
2956 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2961 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2962 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2964 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2967 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2970 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2972 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2974 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2975 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2978 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2979 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2983 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2987 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2988 save/restore pair. */
2992 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2993 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2994 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2995 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2999 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
3000 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
3001 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
3002 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
3005 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
3008 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
3012 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
3014 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
3016 /* And emulate the state save. */
3017 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3019 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
3022 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
3026 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
3028 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
3029 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
3031 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
3032 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
3034 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3036 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
3039 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
3040 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
3041 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3043 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3044 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3049 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3050 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3051 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3052 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3054 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3055 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3056 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3057 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3058 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3059 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
3062 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3063 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3064 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3065 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3066 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3067 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3068 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3069 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3070 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3071 case DW_CFA_register
:
3072 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3073 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3075 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3076 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3077 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3078 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3080 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3081 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3088 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
3089 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
3090 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3092 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3093 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3097 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3098 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3100 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3101 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3102 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3104 case DW_CFA_register
:
3105 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3107 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3108 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3111 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3115 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
3116 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
3117 for collect2 the first time around. */
3120 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
3124 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
3125 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
3129 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
3135 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
3137 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
3139 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
3141 flags
= ((! flag_pic
3142 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3143 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3144 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3145 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3146 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3147 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
3148 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
3151 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
3152 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3154 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
3156 if (eh_frame_section
)
3157 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3160 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3161 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3162 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3166 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3167 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3168 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3169 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3170 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3175 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3179 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3182 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3185 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3186 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3187 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3188 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3192 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3195 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3200 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3202 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3203 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3204 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3205 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3206 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3208 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3209 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3210 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3211 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3212 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3214 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3216 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3217 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3218 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3222 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3223 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3225 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3227 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3229 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3230 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3231 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3234 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3235 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3236 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3239 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3240 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3241 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3242 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3245 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3246 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3247 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3248 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3251 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3252 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3253 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3254 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3257 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3258 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3259 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3260 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3263 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3264 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3265 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3266 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3267 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3270 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3271 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3273 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3276 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3277 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3278 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3279 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3280 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3283 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3284 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3285 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3286 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3287 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3290 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3291 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3292 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3293 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3294 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3295 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3298 case DW_CFA_register
:
3299 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3300 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3301 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3302 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3305 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3306 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3307 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3310 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3311 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3312 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3315 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3318 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3319 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3320 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3323 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3324 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3333 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3336 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3338 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3340 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3342 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3343 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3344 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3345 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3346 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3347 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3348 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3349 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3350 going to take care of this for us. */
3354 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3355 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3356 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3357 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3358 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3361 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3362 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3363 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3364 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3367 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3368 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3369 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3372 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3373 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3374 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3377 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3378 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3379 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3380 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3381 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3384 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3385 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3386 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3389 case DW_CFA_register
:
3390 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3391 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3392 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3395 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3397 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3398 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3399 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3402 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3403 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3405 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3406 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3409 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3410 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3411 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3413 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3414 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3415 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3418 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3419 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3422 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3423 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3424 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3425 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3426 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3434 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3435 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3437 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3438 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3439 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3440 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3443 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3445 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3447 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3448 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3449 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3451 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3452 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3454 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3455 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3456 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3457 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3458 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3459 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3460 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3462 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3464 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3466 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3467 .cfi_restore_state. */
3468 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3469 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3471 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3474 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3481 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3485 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3486 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3488 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3491 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3492 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3493 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3494 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3495 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3496 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3497 case DW_CFA_register
:
3498 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3499 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3500 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3501 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3502 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3503 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3504 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3505 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3506 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3508 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3509 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3510 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3512 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3514 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3518 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3519 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3522 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3524 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3525 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3527 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3529 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3530 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3533 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3535 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3538 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3540 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3542 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3545 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3546 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3548 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3549 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3550 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3553 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3554 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3555 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3562 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3563 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3567 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3569 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3572 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3574 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3577 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3579 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3581 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3584 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3587 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3588 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3590 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3597 /* Output one FDE. */
3600 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3601 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3602 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3604 const char *begin
, *end
;
3605 static unsigned int j
;
3606 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3609 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3611 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3615 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3616 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3617 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3618 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3620 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3623 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3625 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3626 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3628 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3630 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3631 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3635 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3636 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3637 might be separated from the real start of the
3638 function by alignment padding. */
3640 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3641 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3642 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3644 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3645 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3646 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3648 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3653 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3654 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3655 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3656 "FDE initial location");
3657 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3658 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3662 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3663 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3666 if (augmentation
[0])
3668 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3670 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3672 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3674 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3675 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3676 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3677 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3678 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3681 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3684 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3686 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3688 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3689 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3690 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3691 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3693 "Language Specific Data Area");
3697 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3698 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3699 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3700 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3704 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3707 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3709 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3710 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3711 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3712 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3715 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3716 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3718 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3719 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3725 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3727 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3729 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3730 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3731 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3732 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3734 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3735 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3738 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3739 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3740 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3741 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3742 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3744 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3745 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3746 switch *back* into the table section. */
3747 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3748 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3749 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3752 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3753 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3754 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3755 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3760 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3763 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
3765 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
3768 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
3771 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3774 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3775 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
3781 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3782 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3783 location of saved registers. */
3786 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3791 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3792 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3793 char augmentation
[6];
3794 int augmentation_size
;
3795 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3796 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3797 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3799 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3802 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3803 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3806 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3807 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3810 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3811 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3812 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3813 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3814 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3815 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3818 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
3820 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3821 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3822 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3823 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table
[i
]))
3824 any_eh_needed
= true;
3825 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
3826 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3833 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3837 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3838 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3840 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3841 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3843 /* Output the CIE. */
3844 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3845 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3846 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3847 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3848 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3849 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3850 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3851 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3853 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3854 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3855 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3856 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3857 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3859 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3860 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3861 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3862 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3864 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3866 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3868 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3869 augmentation_size
= 0;
3871 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3877 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3878 augmentation section.
3879 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3880 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3881 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3883 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3884 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3886 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3887 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3888 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3890 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3894 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3895 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3897 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3900 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3902 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3905 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3907 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3909 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3913 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3914 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3916 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3918 + 1 /* CIE version */
3919 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3920 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3921 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3923 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3924 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3925 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3927 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3929 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3930 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3931 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3935 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3936 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
3938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
3939 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3941 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3942 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3943 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3945 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3950 if (augmentation
[0])
3952 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3956 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3957 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3962 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3964 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3966 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3968 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3971 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3972 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3974 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3975 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3976 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3977 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3979 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3980 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3983 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3985 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3986 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
3989 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3990 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3991 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3994 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3995 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3996 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3997 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3998 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3999 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
4002 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
4007 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
4010 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
4014 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4016 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
4020 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
4023 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
4024 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
4025 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
4026 of the weirder relocation types. */
4027 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4028 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4030 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
4031 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4032 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4035 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
4039 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
4040 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
4041 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4042 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
4043 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
4045 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4046 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4048 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
4049 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4050 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4054 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
4058 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4059 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4061 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4067 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
4069 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
4071 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
4072 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
4074 && (!flag_exceptions
4075 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_TARGET
))
4078 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
4079 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
4080 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4081 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4082 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4083 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4084 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
4085 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
4087 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
4091 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
4092 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
4094 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4095 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
4096 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
4097 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
4100 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
4101 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
4103 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
4104 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
4105 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
4106 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
4107 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
4108 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
4109 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
4110 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
4111 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
4112 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
4113 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
4114 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
4115 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= NULL
;
4116 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= NULL
;
4117 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
4118 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
4119 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
4120 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
4121 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
4122 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
4123 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4124 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4125 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
4127 section
*unlikelysec
;
4128 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
4129 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
4132 = (fnsec
== text_section
4133 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4134 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
4135 fde
->cold_in_std_section
4136 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
4137 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
4142 = (fnsec
== text_section
4143 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4144 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
4147 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
4149 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4150 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4151 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4153 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
4156 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4157 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4160 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4161 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4162 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4164 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4165 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4166 function anymore. */
4167 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4168 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4169 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4173 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4174 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4178 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4179 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4182 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4184 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4186 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4187 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4188 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4189 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4190 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4191 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
4194 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4195 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4199 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4200 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4203 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4205 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4206 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
4209 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4211 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4212 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4213 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4214 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4215 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
4218 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4219 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4223 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4224 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4227 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4229 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4231 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4232 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4234 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4236 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4237 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4238 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4239 fde
= current_fde ();
4240 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4241 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4245 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4247 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4248 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4249 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4250 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4252 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4253 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4255 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4256 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4258 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
4259 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4260 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4264 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4266 /* Output call frame information. */
4267 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
4268 output_call_frame_info (0);
4270 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4271 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
4272 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4273 output_call_frame_info (1);
4276 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4279 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4281 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4282 if (sec
== text_section
)
4283 text_section_used
= true;
4284 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4285 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4289 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4291 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4293 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4295 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4296 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4298 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4299 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4300 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4301 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4302 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4304 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4305 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4306 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4308 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4309 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4310 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4312 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4313 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4315 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4316 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4318 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4320 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4321 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4323 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4327 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4329 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4331 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4332 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4333 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4337 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4338 for emitting location expressions. */
4340 /* Data about a single source file. */
4341 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4342 const char * filename
;
4346 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4347 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4348 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4349 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4350 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4352 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4356 } deferred_locations
;
4358 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4359 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4361 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4363 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4364 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4366 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4367 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4368 implementation are listed below. */
4373 dw_val_class_offset
,
4375 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4376 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4378 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4379 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4382 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4383 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4384 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4385 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4387 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4390 dw_val_class_decl_ref
,
4391 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4394 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4396 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4397 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4403 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4404 represented internally. */
4406 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4407 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4408 union dw_val_struct_union
4410 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4411 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4412 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4413 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4414 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4415 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4416 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4417 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4418 struct dw_val_die_union
4422 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4423 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4424 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4425 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4426 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4427 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4428 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4429 tree
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref
;
4430 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4434 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta
;
4436 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4440 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4443 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4444 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4445 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4446 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4447 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4448 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4450 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4451 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4455 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4456 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4457 their entire life. */
4458 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4459 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4460 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4461 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4462 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4463 Only on head of list */
4464 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4465 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4470 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4472 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4475 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4480 return "DW_OP_addr";
4482 return "DW_OP_deref";
4484 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4486 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4488 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4490 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4492 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4494 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4496 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4498 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4500 return "DW_OP_constu";
4502 return "DW_OP_consts";
4506 return "DW_OP_drop";
4508 return "DW_OP_over";
4510 return "DW_OP_pick";
4512 return "DW_OP_swap";
4516 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4524 return "DW_OP_minus";
4536 return "DW_OP_plus";
4537 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4538 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4544 return "DW_OP_shra";
4562 return "DW_OP_skip";
4564 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4566 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4568 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4570 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4572 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4574 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4576 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4578 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4580 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4582 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4584 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4586 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4588 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4590 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4592 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4594 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4596 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4598 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4600 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4602 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4604 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4606 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4608 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4610 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4612 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4614 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4616 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4618 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4620 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4622 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4624 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4626 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4628 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4630 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4632 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4634 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4636 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4638 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4640 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4642 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4644 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4646 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4648 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4650 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4652 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4654 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4656 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4658 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4660 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4662 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4664 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4666 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4668 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4670 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4672 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4674 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4676 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4678 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4680 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4682 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4684 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4686 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4688 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4690 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4692 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4694 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4696 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4698 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4700 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4702 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4704 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4706 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4708 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4710 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4712 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4714 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4716 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4718 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4720 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4722 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4724 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4726 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4728 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4730 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4732 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4734 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4736 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4738 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4740 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4742 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4744 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4746 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4748 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4750 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4752 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4754 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4756 return "DW_OP_regx";
4758 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4760 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4762 return "DW_OP_piece";
4763 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4764 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4765 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4766 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4770 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4771 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4773 return "DW_OP_call2";
4775 return "DW_OP_call4";
4776 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4777 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4778 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4779 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4780 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4781 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4782 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4783 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4784 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4785 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4786 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4787 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4789 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4790 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4791 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4792 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4793 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4794 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4795 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
4796 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
4799 return "OP_<unknown>";
4803 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4804 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4805 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4807 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4808 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4809 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4811 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4813 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4814 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4815 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4816 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4817 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4822 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4825 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4826 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4829 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4832 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4835 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4838 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4840 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4842 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4843 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4849 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4852 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4854 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4857 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4862 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4863 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4867 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4868 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4869 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4870 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4871 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4873 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4874 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4876 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4877 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4880 else if (offset
> 0)
4881 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4885 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
4886 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
4890 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4893 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4896 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4897 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4900 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
4901 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
4903 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4905 static unsigned long
4906 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4908 unsigned long size
= 1;
4910 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4913 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4932 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4935 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4940 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4941 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4979 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4982 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4985 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4988 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4989 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4992 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4994 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4995 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4996 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4998 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4999 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5008 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
5009 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
5011 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5012 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
5013 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5015 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5016 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
5025 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
5027 static unsigned long
5028 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5033 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
5034 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
5035 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5037 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
5039 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5044 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5046 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
5047 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5053 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
5054 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
5056 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
5059 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5061 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5062 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5064 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5066 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5069 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5074 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5075 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
5077 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5082 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5087 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5088 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
5090 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5095 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5096 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5103 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5104 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5106 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
5109 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5110 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5111 switch (val2
->val_class
)
5113 case dw_val_class_const
:
5114 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5116 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5118 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
5119 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
5123 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
5128 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
5131 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
5132 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
5135 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5137 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
5139 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
5141 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5142 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5146 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5147 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5149 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5151 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5155 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5156 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
5157 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5172 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5173 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5174 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5175 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5176 only doing unwinding. */
5181 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5184 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5187 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5190 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5192 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5193 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5227 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5230 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5233 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5236 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5237 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5240 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5242 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5243 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5244 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5246 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5247 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5248 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5254 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5256 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5266 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5267 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5274 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5276 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
5277 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
5278 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5279 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5280 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
5281 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5286 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5291 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5294 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5296 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5298 /* Output the opcode. */
5299 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
5300 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
5302 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5303 output_loc_operands (loc
);
5307 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5308 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5311 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5313 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5314 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5316 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5319 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5320 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5326 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5327 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5328 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5329 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5334 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5335 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5340 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5341 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5346 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5347 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5348 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5356 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5357 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5359 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5360 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5365 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5368 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5369 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5372 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5373 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5374 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5375 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5412 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5413 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5417 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5418 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5419 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5420 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5423 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5428 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5434 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5438 /* Output the opcode. */
5439 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5440 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5442 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5444 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5446 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5450 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5451 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5454 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5456 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5459 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5461 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5462 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5465 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5467 /* Output the size of the block. */
5468 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5471 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5472 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5475 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5478 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5480 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5483 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5485 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5486 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5489 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5491 /* Output the size of the block. */
5492 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5493 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5494 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5496 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5497 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5500 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5501 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5504 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5505 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5507 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5509 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5513 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5514 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5515 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5516 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5519 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5520 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5524 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5529 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5530 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5533 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5534 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5536 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5537 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5538 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5540 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5541 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5543 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5544 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5545 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5546 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5549 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5553 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5554 descriptor sequence. */
5557 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5559 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5561 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5565 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5567 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5603 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5606 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5640 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5641 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5644 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5645 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5650 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5651 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5654 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5655 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5660 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5662 /* .debug_str support. */
5663 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5665 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5666 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5667 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5668 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5669 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5670 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5671 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5672 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5673 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5674 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5675 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5676 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5677 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5678 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5679 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5681 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5682 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5683 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5684 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5685 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5686 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5687 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5688 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5690 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5692 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5696 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5699 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5700 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5701 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5702 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5703 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5704 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5705 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5706 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5707 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
5708 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
5710 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5711 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5713 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5714 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5715 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5716 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5717 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5718 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5719 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5720 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5721 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5722 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5723 something tries to reference them. */
5724 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5725 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5726 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5727 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5728 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5729 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5730 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5731 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5732 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5734 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
5735 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
5738 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5739 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5740 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5742 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5743 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5744 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5745 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5747 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5748 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5750 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5752 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5754 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5755 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5756 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5757 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5758 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5759 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5760 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5762 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5763 line number associated with the label generated for that
5764 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5765 the line number entry. */
5767 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5768 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5769 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5773 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5775 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5776 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5777 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5778 unsigned long function
;
5780 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5782 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5783 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5784 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5786 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5787 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5788 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5792 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5793 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5795 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5796 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5797 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5799 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5800 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5802 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5803 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5805 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5806 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5807 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5808 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5810 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5811 dw_offset die_offset
;
5812 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5814 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5815 int die_perennial_p
;
5816 unsigned int decl_id
;
5817 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5821 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5822 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5823 c = die->die_child; \
5827 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5830 /* The pubname structure */
5832 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5838 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5839 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5841 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5842 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5843 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5847 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
5849 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
5850 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT code
;
5851 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
5856 DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry
);
5857 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry
, gc
);
5859 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5864 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5865 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5867 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5868 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5869 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5870 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5874 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5875 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5878 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5882 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
5886 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5888 skeleton_chain_node
;
5890 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5891 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5892 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5895 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5896 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5898 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5899 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5900 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5901 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5902 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5903 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5905 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5906 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5907 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5908 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5909 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5910 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5911 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5912 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5913 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5914 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5916 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5917 language, and compiler version. */
5919 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5920 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5921 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5923 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5924 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5925 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5926 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5928 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5929 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5931 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5932 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5933 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5934 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5935 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5937 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5938 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5939 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5940 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5941 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5942 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5944 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5945 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5946 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5947 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5949 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5953 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5954 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5955 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5957 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5958 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5960 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5961 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5963 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5964 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5965 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5966 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5967 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5969 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5970 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5971 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5974 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5975 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5976 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5978 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5979 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
5981 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5982 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
5984 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5985 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5987 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5988 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5989 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5991 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5992 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5994 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5995 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5996 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5998 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5999 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
6000 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
6002 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
6007 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
6008 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
6010 /* Node of the variable location list. */
6011 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
6012 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
6013 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
6014 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
6015 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
6016 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
6017 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
6018 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
6019 NULL as second operand. */
6021 const char * GTY (()) label
;
6022 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
6025 /* Variable location list. */
6026 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
6027 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
6029 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
6030 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
6031 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
6032 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
6033 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
6034 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
6035 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
6037 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
6038 unsigned int decl_id
;
6040 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
6043 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
6044 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
6046 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
6047 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
6048 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
6049 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
6050 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
6052 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
6053 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
6055 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
6056 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6058 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6059 abbrev_die_table. */
6060 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
6062 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
6063 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
6064 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
6065 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
6067 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
6068 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
6070 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
6071 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
6073 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
6074 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
6075 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
6076 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
6078 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
6079 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
6081 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
6082 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
6084 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6086 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
6088 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
6090 static bool info_section_emitted
;
6092 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6093 accessible names. */
6094 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
6096 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6097 accessible types. */
6098 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
6100 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
6101 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
6102 static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry
, gc
) * macinfo_table
;
6104 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
6105 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
6107 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
6108 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
6110 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
6111 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
6113 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6115 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6117 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
6118 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
6120 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
6121 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
6123 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
6124 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
6126 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
6127 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
6128 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
6130 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
6131 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
6133 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
6134 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
6136 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6138 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6140 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
6141 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
6143 /* Unique label counter. */
6144 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
6146 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
6147 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6149 /* The direct call table structure. */
6151 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
6152 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6154 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
6158 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
6159 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
6161 /* The virtual call table structure. */
6163 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
6164 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6165 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
6169 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
6170 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
6172 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
6173 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
6174 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
6176 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
6178 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
6180 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
6183 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
6185 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
6186 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
6188 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6189 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
6191 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6192 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
6194 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6195 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
6197 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
6199 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6200 within the current function. */
6201 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
6203 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6205 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
6206 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
6207 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
6208 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6209 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6210 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6211 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
6212 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
6213 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
6214 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
6215 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6216 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
6217 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6218 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
6219 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6220 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
6221 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6222 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6223 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
6224 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6225 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
6226 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6227 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6228 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6229 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
6230 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
6231 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
6232 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6233 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
6234 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
6235 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
6236 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6237 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
6238 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
6239 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6241 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
6242 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
6243 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
6244 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6245 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6246 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6247 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6248 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6249 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6251 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
6252 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6253 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6254 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6255 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6256 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6257 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6258 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6259 static bool is_cxx (void);
6260 static bool is_fortran (void);
6261 static bool is_ada (void);
6262 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6263 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
6264 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6265 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6266 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
6267 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
6268 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6269 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6270 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6271 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
6272 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6273 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6274 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6275 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6276 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
6277 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6278 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
6279 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6280 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
6281 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6282 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6283 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
6284 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6285 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6286 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6287 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6288 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6289 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6290 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6291 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6292 struct checksum_attributes
;
6293 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6294 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6295 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6296 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6297 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6298 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6299 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6300 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6301 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6302 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6303 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6304 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6305 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6306 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6307 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6308 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6309 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6310 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6311 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6312 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6313 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6314 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6315 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6316 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6317 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6319 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6320 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6321 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6322 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6324 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6325 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6326 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6327 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6328 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6329 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6330 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6331 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6332 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6333 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6334 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6335 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6336 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6337 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6338 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6339 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6340 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6341 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6342 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6343 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6344 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6345 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6346 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6347 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6348 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6349 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6350 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6351 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6352 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6353 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6354 static void output_aranges (void);
6355 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6356 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6357 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6359 static void output_ranges (void);
6360 static void output_line_info (void);
6361 static void output_file_names (void);
6362 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6363 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6364 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6365 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6366 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6367 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6368 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6369 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6370 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6371 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6372 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6373 enum var_init_status
);
6374 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6375 enum var_init_status
);
6376 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6377 enum var_init_status
);
6378 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6379 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6380 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6381 enum var_init_status
);
6382 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6383 enum var_init_status
);
6384 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6385 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6386 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6387 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6388 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6389 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6390 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6391 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6392 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6394 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6395 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6396 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6397 static void insert_double (double_int
, unsigned char *);
6398 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6399 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6400 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6401 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6402 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6403 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6404 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6405 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6406 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6407 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6408 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6409 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6410 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6411 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6412 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6413 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6414 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6415 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6416 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6417 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6418 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6419 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6420 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6421 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6422 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6423 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6424 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6425 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6427 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6429 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6430 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6432 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6434 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6435 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6436 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6437 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6438 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6439 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6440 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6441 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6442 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6443 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6444 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6445 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6446 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6447 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6448 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6449 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6450 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6451 enum debug_info_usage
);
6452 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6453 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6454 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6455 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6456 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6457 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6458 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
6459 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6460 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6461 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6462 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6463 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6464 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6465 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6466 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6467 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6468 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6469 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6470 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6471 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6472 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6473 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6474 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6475 const char *, const char *);
6476 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6477 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6479 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6480 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6481 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6482 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6483 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6484 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6485 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6486 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref
);
6487 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref
);
6488 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6489 const char *, const char *);
6490 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6491 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6493 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6494 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6495 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6497 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6498 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6500 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6501 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6503 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6504 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6506 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6507 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6509 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6510 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6512 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6513 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6515 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6516 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6518 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6519 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6521 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6522 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6524 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6525 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6527 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6528 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6531 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6532 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6533 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6536 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6537 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6538 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6539 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6542 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6543 the section names themselves. */
6545 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6546 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6548 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6549 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6551 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6552 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6554 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6555 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6557 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6558 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6560 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6561 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6563 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6564 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6566 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6567 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6571 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6572 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6573 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6574 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6575 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6577 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6578 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6579 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6580 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6581 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6582 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6583 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6584 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6585 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6586 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6588 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6589 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6591 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6592 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6594 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6595 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6597 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6598 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6600 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6601 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6603 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6604 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6608 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6610 comp_unit_die (void)
6612 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
6613 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
6614 return single_comp_unit_die
;
6617 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6618 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6620 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6623 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6625 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6628 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6631 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6633 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6634 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6635 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6638 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6642 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6644 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6646 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6647 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6648 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6649 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6651 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6652 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6653 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6658 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6661 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6663 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6665 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6666 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6669 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
6672 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
6674 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
6677 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6680 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6684 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6685 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6686 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6687 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6688 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6689 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6690 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6691 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6692 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6693 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6694 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6695 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6696 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6697 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6699 return "DW_TAG_label";
6700 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6701 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6703 return "DW_TAG_member";
6704 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6705 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6706 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6707 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6708 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6709 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6710 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6711 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6712 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6713 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6714 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6715 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6716 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6717 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6718 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6719 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6720 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6721 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6722 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6723 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6724 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6725 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6726 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6727 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6728 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6729 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6730 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6731 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6733 return "DW_TAG_module";
6734 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6735 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6736 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6737 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6738 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6739 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6740 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6741 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6742 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6743 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6744 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6745 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6746 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6747 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6748 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6749 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6750 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6751 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6752 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6753 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6754 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6755 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6757 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6758 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6759 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6760 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6761 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6762 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6763 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6764 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6765 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6766 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6767 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6768 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6769 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6770 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6771 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6772 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6773 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6774 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6775 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6776 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6777 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6778 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6779 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6780 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6781 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6782 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6783 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6784 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6785 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6786 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6787 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6788 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6789 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6790 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6791 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6792 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6793 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6794 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6795 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6796 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6797 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6798 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6799 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6800 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6801 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6802 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6803 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6804 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6805 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6806 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6807 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6808 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6809 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6810 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6811 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6812 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6813 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6814 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6815 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6816 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6817 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6818 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6819 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6820 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6821 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6822 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6823 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6825 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6829 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6832 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6837 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6838 case DW_AT_location
:
6839 return "DW_AT_location";
6841 return "DW_AT_name";
6842 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6843 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6844 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6845 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6846 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6847 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6848 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6849 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6850 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6851 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6852 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6853 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6854 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6855 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6857 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6859 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6860 case DW_AT_language
:
6861 return "DW_AT_language";
6863 return "DW_AT_member";
6865 return "DW_AT_discr";
6866 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6867 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6868 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6869 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6871 return "DW_AT_import";
6872 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6873 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6874 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6875 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6876 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6877 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6878 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6879 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6880 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6881 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6882 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6883 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6885 return "DW_AT_inline";
6886 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6887 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6888 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6889 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6890 case DW_AT_producer
:
6891 return "DW_AT_producer";
6892 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6893 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6894 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6895 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6896 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6897 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6898 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6899 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6900 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6901 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6902 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6903 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6904 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6905 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6906 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6907 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6908 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6909 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6910 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6911 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6912 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6913 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6915 return "DW_AT_count";
6916 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6917 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6918 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6919 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6920 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6921 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6922 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6923 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6924 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6925 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6926 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6927 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6928 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6929 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6930 case DW_AT_external
:
6931 return "DW_AT_external";
6932 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6933 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6934 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6935 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6937 return "DW_AT_friend";
6938 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6939 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6940 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6941 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6942 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6943 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6944 case DW_AT_priority
:
6945 return "DW_AT_priority";
6947 return "DW_AT_segment";
6948 case DW_AT_specification
:
6949 return "DW_AT_specification";
6950 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6951 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6953 return "DW_AT_type";
6954 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6955 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6956 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6957 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6958 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6959 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6960 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6961 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6963 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6964 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6965 case DW_AT_associated
:
6966 return "DW_AT_associated";
6967 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6968 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6969 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6970 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6971 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6972 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6973 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6974 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6975 case DW_AT_extension
:
6976 return "DW_AT_extension";
6978 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6979 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6980 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6981 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6982 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6983 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6984 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6985 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6986 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6987 case DW_AT_object_pointer
:
6988 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
6990 case DW_AT_signature
:
6991 return "DW_AT_signature";
6992 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
6993 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6994 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
6995 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6996 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
6997 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6998 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
6999 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
7000 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
7001 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
7003 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
7004 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
7005 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
7006 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
7007 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
7008 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
7009 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
7010 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
7011 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7012 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
7013 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
7015 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
7016 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
7018 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
7019 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
7020 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
7021 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
7022 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7023 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
7024 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
7026 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
7027 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
7029 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
7030 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
7031 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
7032 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
7033 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
7034 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
7036 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
7037 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
7038 case DW_AT_src_info
:
7039 return "DW_AT_src_info";
7040 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
7041 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
7042 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
7043 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
7044 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
7045 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
7046 case DW_AT_body_end
:
7047 return "DW_AT_body_end";
7048 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
7049 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
7050 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
7051 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
7052 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
7053 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
7054 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
7055 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
7056 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
7057 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
7058 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
7059 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
7060 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
7061 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
7062 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
7063 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
7064 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
7065 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
7066 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
7067 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
7069 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
7070 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
7073 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
7077 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
7080 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
7085 return "DW_FORM_addr";
7086 case DW_FORM_block2
:
7087 return "DW_FORM_block2";
7088 case DW_FORM_block4
:
7089 return "DW_FORM_block4";
7091 return "DW_FORM_data2";
7093 return "DW_FORM_data4";
7095 return "DW_FORM_data8";
7096 case DW_FORM_string
:
7097 return "DW_FORM_string";
7099 return "DW_FORM_block";
7100 case DW_FORM_block1
:
7101 return "DW_FORM_block1";
7103 return "DW_FORM_data1";
7105 return "DW_FORM_flag";
7107 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
7109 return "DW_FORM_strp";
7111 return "DW_FORM_udata";
7112 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
7113 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
7115 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
7117 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
7119 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
7121 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
7122 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
7123 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
7124 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
7125 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
7126 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
7127 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
7128 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
7129 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
7130 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
7131 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
7132 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
7133 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
7135 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
7139 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
7140 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
7141 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
7142 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
7146 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
7148 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
7151 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
7152 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
7153 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
7154 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
7157 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
7158 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
7159 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
7161 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
7164 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
7165 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
7169 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
7171 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
7173 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
7174 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
7176 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
7177 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
7179 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
7180 context
= NULL_TREE
;
7185 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
7188 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
7190 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
7194 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
7195 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
7196 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
7199 static inline enum dw_val_class
7200 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
7202 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
7205 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7208 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
7212 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7213 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
7214 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
7215 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7218 static inline unsigned
7219 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
7221 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
7222 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
7225 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7228 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
7232 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7233 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
7234 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
7235 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7238 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7239 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
7241 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
7242 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
7245 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7248 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7249 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
7253 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7254 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
7255 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
7256 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7259 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7260 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
7262 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
7263 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
7266 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7269 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7270 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
7274 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7275 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
7276 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
7277 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
7278 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7281 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7284 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7285 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
7289 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7290 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
7291 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
7292 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
7293 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
7294 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7297 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7300 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7301 unsigned char data8
[8])
7305 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7306 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
7307 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
7308 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7311 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7314 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
7316 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
7320 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
7322 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
7323 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7326 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7328 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7329 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7331 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7334 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7335 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7336 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7338 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7339 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7342 node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7343 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7347 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7353 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7356 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7359 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7361 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7363 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7364 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7365 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7366 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7369 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7370 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7373 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7380 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7381 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7382 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7385 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7386 debug string STR. */
7389 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7391 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7393 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7395 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7397 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7400 static inline const char *
7401 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7403 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7404 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7407 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7408 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7410 static enum dwarf_form
7411 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7413 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7416 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7418 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7422 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7424 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7425 always better to put it inline. */
7426 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7427 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7429 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7430 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7432 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7433 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7434 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7435 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7437 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7439 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7442 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7445 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7449 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7450 gcc_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
7452 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
7453 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
7454 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
7458 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7459 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7460 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7461 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7462 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7465 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7466 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7469 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7471 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7472 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7473 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7476 static inline dw_die_ref
7477 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7479 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7480 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7484 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7486 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7487 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7493 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7495 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7496 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7499 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7502 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7506 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7507 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7508 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7509 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7512 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7515 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7519 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7520 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7521 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7522 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7525 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7526 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7528 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7529 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7533 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7537 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7538 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7539 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7540 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7541 have_location_lists
= true;
7544 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7545 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7547 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7548 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7551 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7552 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7554 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7555 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7558 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7561 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7565 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7566 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7567 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7568 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7571 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7574 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7576 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7577 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7580 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7583 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7584 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7588 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7589 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7590 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7591 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7594 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7596 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7597 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7599 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7600 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7603 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7606 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7607 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
7611 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7612 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
7613 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
7614 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
7615 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7618 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7621 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7625 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7626 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7627 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7628 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7631 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7632 debug_line section. */
7635 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7640 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7641 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7642 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7643 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7646 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7647 debug_macinfo section. */
7650 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7655 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7656 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7657 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7658 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7661 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7664 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7665 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7669 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7670 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7671 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7672 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7675 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7678 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7679 long unsigned int offset
)
7683 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7684 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7685 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7686 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7689 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
7691 static inline const char *
7692 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7694 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7695 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
7698 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
7700 static inline const char *
7701 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7703 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7704 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
7707 static inline const char *
7708 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7710 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7711 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7712 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7713 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7716 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7719 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7723 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7728 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7729 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7731 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7732 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7736 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7741 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7742 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7743 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7745 static inline const char *
7746 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7748 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7750 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7753 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7754 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7755 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7757 static inline const char *
7758 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7760 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7762 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7765 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7766 NULL if it is not present. */
7768 static inline const char *
7769 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7771 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7773 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7776 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7777 if it is not present. */
7780 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7782 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7784 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7787 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7788 if it is not present. */
7790 static inline unsigned
7791 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7793 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7795 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7798 static inline dw_die_ref
7799 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7801 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7803 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7806 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7807 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7809 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7811 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7814 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7819 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7821 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7824 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7829 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7831 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7832 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7833 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7836 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7841 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7843 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7846 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7849 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7857 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7858 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7860 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7861 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7862 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7864 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7866 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7871 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7872 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7875 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7877 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7878 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7881 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7885 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7886 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7887 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7890 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7891 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7894 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7896 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7898 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7899 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7901 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7902 if (prev
== old_child
)
7904 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7905 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7909 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7910 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7912 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7913 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7916 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7919 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
7922 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
7923 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
7924 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
7927 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7931 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7937 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7939 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7941 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7942 /* Might have removed every child. */
7943 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7947 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7950 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7953 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7955 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7956 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7958 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7960 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7963 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7964 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7967 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7968 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7971 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7972 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7973 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7976 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7980 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7981 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7982 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7984 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7990 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7991 || (child
->die_parent
7992 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7994 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7995 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7997 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
8001 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
8004 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
8006 static inline dw_die_ref
8007 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
8009 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
8011 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
8013 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
8014 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
8017 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
8019 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
8020 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
8021 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
8022 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
8023 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
8029 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
8031 static inline dw_die_ref
8032 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
8034 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
8037 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
8038 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
8039 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
8040 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
8041 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
8042 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
8044 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
8045 a naming typedef is. */
8047 static inline dw_die_ref
8048 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
8050 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8051 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
8052 && die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
8053 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
8054 die
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_type
);
8058 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
8061 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
8063 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
8066 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
8069 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
8071 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
8074 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
8077 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8079 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8082 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
8084 static inline dw_die_ref
8085 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
8087 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8090 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
8093 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
8095 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
8098 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
8102 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8104 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8107 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
8109 static inline var_loc_list
*
8110 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
8112 if (!decl_loc_table
)
8114 return (var_loc_list
*)
8115 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8118 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
8121 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
8123 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8126 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8128 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8131 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8134 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
8136 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
8139 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
8140 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
8141 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
8144 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8147 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
8149 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
8150 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
8152 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
8155 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
8156 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
8159 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
8161 if (bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
8162 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
8164 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
8169 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
8170 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
8173 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
8174 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
8178 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
8180 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
8185 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
8186 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
8187 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
8188 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
8189 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
8190 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
8191 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
8192 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
8193 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
8196 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
8197 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
8198 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
8201 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
8205 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
8206 while (src
!= inner
)
8208 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8209 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8210 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8211 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8214 /* Add padding if needed. */
8215 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
8217 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
8218 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8219 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8221 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
8224 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
8225 just update the location for it and return. */
8226 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
8229 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8230 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8231 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8232 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8233 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
8236 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
8239 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
8241 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
8244 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
8245 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
8248 /* Add padding if needed. */
8249 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
8253 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8254 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8258 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8261 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8262 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8263 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8264 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8268 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8270 static struct var_loc_node
*
8271 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
8273 unsigned int decl_id
;
8276 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
8277 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
8279 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
))
8281 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
8282 if (realdecl
&& handled_component_p (realdecl
))
8284 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize
;
8287 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl
, &bitpos
, &bitsize
, &maxsize
);
8288 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl
)
8289 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
8290 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
8292 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256
8293 || bitsize
!= maxsize
)
8299 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8300 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8303 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8304 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8308 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
8312 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
8313 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
8314 int piece_bitpos
= 0;
8318 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
8320 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
8322 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
8325 int cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
8326 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
8328 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
8329 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
8333 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8334 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8336 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
8338 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8339 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8340 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
8342 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8343 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8346 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8347 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
8349 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
8352 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
8356 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
);
8357 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
8358 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8362 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
8363 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
8364 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
8365 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
8366 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
8367 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
8368 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
8370 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
8371 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8372 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8373 we have nothing to do. */
8374 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
8375 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
8376 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
8377 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8378 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
8379 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8380 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
8381 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
8382 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
8384 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8385 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8386 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8390 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
8393 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8394 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
8395 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8397 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
8398 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8400 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8401 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8402 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
8410 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8413 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8418 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8419 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8420 the DIE internal representation. */
8421 static int print_indent
;
8423 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8426 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
8428 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
8431 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8434 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
8438 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
8439 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
8442 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8443 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8446 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
8452 print_spaces (outfile
);
8453 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
8454 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
),
8456 print_spaces (outfile
);
8457 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
8458 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
8459 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
8461 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8463 print_spaces (outfile
);
8464 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
8465 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8466 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8469 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8471 print_spaces (outfile
);
8472 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
8474 switch (AT_class (a
))
8476 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8477 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
8479 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8480 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
8482 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8483 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
8485 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8486 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
8487 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
8489 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8490 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
8492 case dw_val_class_const
:
8493 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
8495 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8496 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
8498 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8499 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
8500 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
8501 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
8502 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
8504 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8505 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
8507 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8508 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
8510 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8511 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
8513 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8515 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
8516 print_signature (outfile
,
8517 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8519 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
8520 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
8521 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8523 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8524 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a
));
8527 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
8529 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8530 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8531 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
));
8533 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8534 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8535 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8536 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
8538 case dw_val_class_str
:
8539 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
8540 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
8542 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
8544 case dw_val_class_file
:
8545 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
8546 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
8548 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8552 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
8553 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
8560 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8563 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8566 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
8569 if (print_indent
== 0)
8570 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8573 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8574 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8577 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
8580 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
8582 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8583 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
8585 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
8586 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
8587 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
8588 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
8591 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
8594 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8597 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8599 print_die (die
, stderr
);
8602 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8603 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8609 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
8610 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
8611 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
8614 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8615 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8616 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8619 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8621 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8622 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8624 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8628 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8631 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8633 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8635 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8639 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8640 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8642 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8645 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8649 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8651 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8652 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8655 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8658 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8660 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8663 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8665 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8666 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8667 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8670 switch (AT_class (at
))
8672 case dw_val_class_const
:
8673 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8675 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8676 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8678 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8679 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8681 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8682 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8684 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8685 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8687 case dw_val_class_str
:
8688 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8691 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8693 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8694 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8697 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8698 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8701 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8702 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8703 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8706 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8707 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8710 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8711 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8712 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8713 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8714 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8717 case dw_val_class_file
:
8718 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8721 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8722 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8730 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8733 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8739 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8742 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8745 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8747 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8749 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8750 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8752 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8756 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8758 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8759 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8760 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8761 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8762 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8763 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8764 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8766 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8769 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8776 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8778 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8779 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8788 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8791 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8795 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8798 /* More bytes to follow. */
8806 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8807 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8810 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8814 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8816 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8817 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8818 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8821 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8823 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8827 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8828 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8830 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8831 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8833 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8836 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8839 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8841 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8842 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8843 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8845 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8846 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8850 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8853 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8854 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8855 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8856 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8860 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8863 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8864 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8866 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8869 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8871 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8873 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8874 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8875 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8876 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8877 is complete or not. */
8878 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8879 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8880 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8881 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8882 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8883 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8884 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8886 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8888 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8890 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8894 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8895 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8896 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8897 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8898 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8899 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8904 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8905 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8906 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8907 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8909 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8910 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8911 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
8915 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8919 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8920 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8921 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8922 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8923 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8924 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
8929 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8930 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8932 switch (AT_class (at
))
8934 case dw_val_class_const
:
8935 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8936 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8939 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8940 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8941 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8944 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8945 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8946 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
8947 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8950 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8951 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8952 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
8953 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8956 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8957 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
8958 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
8961 case dw_val_class_str
:
8962 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8963 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8966 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8968 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8969 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8970 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8973 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8974 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8975 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8978 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8979 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8980 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
8983 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8984 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8985 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8986 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8989 case dw_val_class_file
:
8990 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8991 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8994 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8995 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
9003 struct checksum_attributes
9005 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
9006 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
9007 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
9008 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
9009 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
9010 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
9011 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
9012 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
9013 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
9014 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
9015 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
9016 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
9017 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
9018 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
9019 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
9020 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
9021 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
9022 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
9023 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
9024 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
9025 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
9026 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
9027 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
9028 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
9029 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
9030 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
9031 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
9032 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
9033 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
9034 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
9035 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
9036 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
9037 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
9038 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
9039 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
9040 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
9041 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
9042 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
9043 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
9044 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
9045 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
9046 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
9047 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
9048 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
9049 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
9050 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
9051 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
9054 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
9057 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
9062 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9073 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
9075 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
9076 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
9078 case DW_AT_address_class
:
9079 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
9081 case DW_AT_allocated
:
9082 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
9084 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9085 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
9087 case DW_AT_associated
:
9088 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
9090 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
9091 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
9093 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
9094 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
9096 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
9097 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
9099 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
9100 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
9102 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9103 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
9105 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
9106 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
9108 case DW_AT_const_value
:
9109 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
9111 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9112 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
9115 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
9117 case DW_AT_data_location
:
9118 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
9120 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
9121 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
9123 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
9124 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
9126 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
9127 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
9129 case DW_AT_default_value
:
9130 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
9132 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
9133 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
9136 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
9138 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
9139 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
9141 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
9142 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
9144 case DW_AT_encoding
:
9145 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
9147 case DW_AT_endianity
:
9148 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
9150 case DW_AT_explicit
:
9151 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
9153 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
9154 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
9156 case DW_AT_location
:
9157 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
9159 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
9160 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
9163 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
9165 case DW_AT_ordering
:
9166 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
9168 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
9169 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
9171 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
9172 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
9175 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
9178 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
9180 case DW_AT_string_length
:
9181 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
9183 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
9184 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
9186 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
9187 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
9189 case DW_AT_use_location
:
9190 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
9192 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
9193 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
9195 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
9196 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
9198 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9199 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
9201 case DW_AT_visibility
:
9202 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
9204 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
9205 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
9213 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
9216 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
9220 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
9222 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
9223 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
9225 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
9227 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9229 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
9230 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
9232 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
9233 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
9234 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
9235 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
9236 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
9237 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
9238 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
9239 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
9240 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
9241 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
9242 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
9243 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
9244 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
9245 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
9246 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
9247 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
9248 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
9249 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
9250 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
9251 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
9252 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
9253 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
9254 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
9255 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
9256 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
9257 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
9258 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
9259 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
9260 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
9261 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
9262 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
9263 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
9264 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
9265 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
9266 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
9267 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
9268 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
9269 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
9270 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
9271 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
9272 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
9273 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
9274 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
9275 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
9276 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
9277 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
9278 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
9280 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9283 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
9286 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
9287 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9288 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
9290 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9291 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
9292 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9296 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9297 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
9299 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
9301 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9303 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9307 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9308 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9309 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9310 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9312 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9313 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9314 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9315 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9316 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9317 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9318 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9321 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
9325 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9329 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
9330 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9332 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9333 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9334 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9336 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
9338 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9340 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9341 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9342 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9344 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
9345 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
9346 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9348 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
9351 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9353 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9355 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
9357 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9358 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9359 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9361 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9362 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9363 unmark_all_dies (die
);
9364 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9366 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9367 type node together. */
9368 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
9369 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
9370 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9371 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
9373 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9376 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9379 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9381 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
9383 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
9384 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
9385 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
9388 /* Do the values look the same? */
9390 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
9392 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
9395 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
9398 switch (v1
->val_class
)
9400 case dw_val_class_const
:
9401 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
9402 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9403 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
9404 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9405 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
9406 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
9407 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9408 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
9409 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9411 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
9412 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9415 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9416 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
9417 case dw_val_class_str
:
9418 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
9420 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9421 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
9422 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
9423 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
9425 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
9427 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9428 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
9430 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9431 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
9433 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
9434 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
9436 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
9438 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9439 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
9441 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9442 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9443 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9444 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9445 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9448 case dw_val_class_file
:
9449 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
9451 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9452 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
9459 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9462 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
9464 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
9467 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9468 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9469 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
9472 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
9475 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9478 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
9484 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9486 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
9487 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9489 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
9492 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
9493 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
9496 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
9497 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
9500 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
9501 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
9510 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
9514 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
9516 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
9526 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9529 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
9532 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
9534 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
9535 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
9540 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9542 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
9544 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9545 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
9547 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9548 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9551 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
9553 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9554 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
9555 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
9558 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9561 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9562 the name filename of the unit. */
9564 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9566 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9567 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
9568 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9570 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
9571 clean_symbol_name (name
);
9573 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
9574 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
9576 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
9580 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
9581 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
9584 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9587 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9589 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9591 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9592 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9593 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9594 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9595 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9596 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9597 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9598 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9599 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9600 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9601 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9602 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9603 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9604 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9605 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9606 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9607 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9608 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9609 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9610 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9617 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9618 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9619 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9620 compilations (functions). */
9623 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9625 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9626 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9627 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9628 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9630 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9633 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9634 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9635 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9636 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9637 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9639 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9641 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9644 return is_type_die (c
);
9647 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9648 compilation unit. */
9651 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9653 return (is_type_die (c
)
9654 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9655 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9656 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9659 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
9662 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9664 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
;
9668 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9672 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9673 return xstrdup (buf
);
9676 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9679 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9683 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9685 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9687 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9689 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9690 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9691 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9694 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9697 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9700 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9703 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9704 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9707 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9709 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9711 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9712 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9714 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9718 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9720 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9721 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9722 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9724 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9728 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9730 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9731 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9741 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9744 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9746 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9747 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9749 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9751 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9752 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9756 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9758 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9764 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9768 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9770 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9771 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9777 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9779 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9781 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9783 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9784 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9788 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9791 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9792 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9793 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9796 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9799 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9800 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9801 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9805 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9807 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9808 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9810 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9812 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9813 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9815 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9816 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9817 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9818 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9820 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9822 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9825 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9828 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9829 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9833 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9834 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9835 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9841 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9842 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9843 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9844 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9846 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9849 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9850 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9851 comdat_symbol_number
);
9854 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9857 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9860 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9865 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9866 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9872 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
9875 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
9877 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9881 return local_scope_p (decl
);
9884 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9885 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9888 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9890 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9892 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9893 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9894 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9895 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9896 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
9898 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
9899 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
9900 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
))
9903 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9904 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9905 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9906 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9907 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9908 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9909 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9910 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9911 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9912 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9913 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9914 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9915 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9916 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9917 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9918 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9924 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9927 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9933 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
9934 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9936 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9937 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9942 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9945 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
9948 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
9950 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
9955 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9958 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
9965 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9966 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
9967 return clone_die (die
);
9969 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9970 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9972 return clone_die (decl
);
9974 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
9975 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9977 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9979 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9980 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9981 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9985 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9986 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9987 case DW_AT_external
:
9990 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9991 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
9992 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
9993 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9995 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
10001 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
10002 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
10004 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10008 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
10009 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
10010 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
10011 attached to the specification. */
10014 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
10017 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
10019 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10028 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
10029 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
10030 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10032 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10034 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10036 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
10037 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
10038 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
10039 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
10042 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
10045 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
10046 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10047 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10049 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
10050 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
10052 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
10053 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
10058 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
10059 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
10062 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
10064 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
10067 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
10069 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
10071 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
10072 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
10076 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
10077 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
10078 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
10081 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
10083 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10086 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10087 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10089 node
.parent
= parent
;
10091 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
10095 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10098 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10100 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10101 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
10103 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
10104 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
10105 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
10106 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
10107 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
10109 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
10110 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
10111 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
10115 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10116 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10119 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
10122 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
10124 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10126 node
.old_die
= die
;
10127 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10128 node
.parent
= NULL
;
10130 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
10131 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
10132 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
10133 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10135 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10136 return node
.new_die
;
10139 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
10140 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
10141 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
10142 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
10143 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
10144 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
10147 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
10149 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
10151 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
10152 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
10153 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
10156 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10157 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
10163 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
10164 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
10167 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
10171 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10172 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10173 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
10175 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
10179 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10182 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10183 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
10185 dw_die_ref replacement
;
10186 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
10188 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
10189 add it to the list of comdat types. */
10190 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
10191 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
10192 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
10193 type_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
10194 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
10195 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
10196 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
10198 /* Generate the type signature. */
10199 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
10201 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
10202 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
10203 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
10205 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
10206 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
10208 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
10209 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10211 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
10212 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
10214 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
10217 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
10218 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
10219 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10220 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
10222 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
10223 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10225 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10228 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
10230 struct decl_table_entry
10236 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
10239 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
10241 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
10242 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
10244 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
10248 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
10250 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
10251 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
10252 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
10254 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
10258 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
10260 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
10265 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10266 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10267 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10268 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10271 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10273 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
10274 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
10276 void **slot
= NULL
;
10277 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
10281 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10282 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
10283 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
10284 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10286 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10287 return entry
->copy
;
10290 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10291 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10293 entry
->copy
= NULL
;
10297 if (parent
!= NULL
)
10299 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
10302 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10303 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10304 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10307 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10308 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
10310 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
10312 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10313 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10319 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10320 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10324 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10330 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10332 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10334 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
10335 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10337 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
10339 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
10342 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
10343 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
10345 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10347 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10348 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10349 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10350 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
10354 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
10355 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
10357 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10361 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10362 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10363 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10364 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10365 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10366 entry
->orig
= targ
;
10367 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10370 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10371 into the new type unit. */
10372 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
10373 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10374 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10375 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
10378 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
10379 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
10381 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10382 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10383 get visited otherwise. */
10384 if (parent
!= unit
)
10386 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
10387 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
10388 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10389 while (parent
->die_parent
10390 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
10392 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
10393 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10395 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10401 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
10404 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10405 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10406 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10407 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10408 don't have an external reference. */
10411 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
10416 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
10417 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
10418 htab_delete (decl_table
);
10419 unmark_dies (unit
);
10422 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10423 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10424 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10427 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
10431 if (! die
->die_child
)
10434 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
10435 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
10437 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
10440 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10443 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
10449 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10450 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
10451 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
10453 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
10456 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10457 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10458 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10459 die are visited recursively. */
10462 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
10464 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10465 unsigned int n_alloc
;
10470 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10471 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10472 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10473 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10474 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
10476 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
10477 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
10480 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10482 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10483 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
10487 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
10489 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
10492 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
10493 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
10496 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
10498 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
10499 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
10500 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
10510 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
10512 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
10514 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10515 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
10518 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
10519 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10520 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
10523 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
10524 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
10527 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
10528 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
10531 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10534 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
10541 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
10544 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
10549 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10550 .debug_info section. */
10552 static unsigned long
10553 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10555 unsigned long size
= 0;
10559 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
10560 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10562 switch (AT_class (a
))
10564 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10565 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10567 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10568 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10570 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10572 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10574 /* Block length. */
10575 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10576 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
10578 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
10582 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10583 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10585 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10586 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10588 case dw_val_class_const
:
10589 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
10591 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10592 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10594 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10595 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10596 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10597 size
++; /* block */
10599 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10600 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10601 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
10602 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10603 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
10605 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10606 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10607 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10608 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10609 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10610 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10611 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10612 the same abbrev entry. */
10613 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10617 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10618 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10620 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10621 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10622 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10623 it's always sized as an offset. */
10624 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10625 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
10626 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10627 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10629 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10632 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10634 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10635 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10637 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10638 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10640 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10641 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10642 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10644 case dw_val_class_str
:
10645 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10646 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10648 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
10650 case dw_val_class_file
:
10651 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
10653 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10656 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10657 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10660 gcc_unreachable ();
10667 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10668 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10669 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10670 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10673 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10677 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10678 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10680 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10682 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10683 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10684 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10687 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10688 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10689 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10690 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10693 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10697 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10700 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10703 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10706 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10710 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10711 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10714 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10717 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10720 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10726 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10730 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10732 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10733 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10734 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10737 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10738 generated for the compilation unit. */
10740 static unsigned long
10741 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10743 unsigned long size
;
10747 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10748 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
)
10749 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10750 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10751 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10752 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10754 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10758 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10760 static unsigned long
10761 size_of_aranges (void)
10763 unsigned long size
;
10765 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10767 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10768 if (text_section_used
)
10769 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10770 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10771 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10772 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10774 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10775 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10779 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10781 static enum dwarf_form
10782 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10784 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10786 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10787 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10788 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10791 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10792 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10793 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10794 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10798 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10801 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10803 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10805 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10807 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10809 gcc_unreachable ();
10811 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10812 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10813 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10814 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
10816 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10817 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10818 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10821 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10823 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10825 gcc_unreachable ();
10827 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10828 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10829 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
10830 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10833 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10835 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10837 gcc_unreachable ();
10839 case dw_val_class_const
:
10840 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10841 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10842 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10845 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10847 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10849 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10851 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10853 gcc_unreachable ();
10855 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10856 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10859 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10861 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10863 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10866 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10868 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10869 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10870 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10873 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10875 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10877 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10879 gcc_unreachable ();
10881 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10882 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10884 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10885 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10886 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10887 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10888 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10889 the same abbrev entry. */
10890 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10891 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
10893 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10894 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10895 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10896 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10898 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10899 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10900 return DW_FORM_data
;
10901 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10902 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10903 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10904 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10905 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
10906 case dw_val_class_str
:
10907 return AT_string_form (a
);
10908 case dw_val_class_file
:
10909 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10912 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10914 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10916 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10918 gcc_unreachable ();
10921 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10922 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10925 gcc_unreachable ();
10929 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10932 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10934 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
10936 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
10939 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10943 output_abbrev_section (void)
10945 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10947 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10949 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10951 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
10953 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
10954 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
10955 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10957 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10958 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10962 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
10965 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10966 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10967 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10970 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10974 /* Terminate the table. */
10975 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10978 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10981 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
10983 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10988 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
10989 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10990 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10992 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10994 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10997 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
11000 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
11001 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11002 const char *section
)
11004 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
11006 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
11007 retlist
->end
= end
;
11008 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
11009 retlist
->section
= section
;
11014 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
11015 hasn't got one yet. */
11018 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
11020 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
11021 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
11024 /* Output the location list given to us. */
11027 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
11029 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
11031 if (list_head
->emitted
)
11033 list_head
->emitted
= true;
11035 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11037 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
11038 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
11040 unsigned long size
;
11041 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
11042 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
11044 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11046 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
11047 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11048 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11049 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
11050 "Location list end address (%s)",
11051 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11055 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
11056 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11057 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11058 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
11059 "Location list end address (%s)",
11060 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11062 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
11064 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11065 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
11066 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
11068 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
11071 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11072 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
11073 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11074 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11075 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
11076 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11079 /* Output a type signature. */
11082 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
11086 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11090 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
11091 the definitions of each child DIE. */
11094 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
11098 unsigned long size
;
11101 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
11102 them to point to. */
11103 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
11104 output_die_symbol (die
);
11106 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
11107 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
11108 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
11110 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
11112 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
11114 switch (AT_class (a
))
11116 case dw_val_class_addr
:
11117 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
11120 case dw_val_class_offset
:
11121 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
11125 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
11127 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
11129 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
11130 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
11131 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
11132 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
11137 case dw_val_class_loc
:
11138 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
11140 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11141 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11142 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
11144 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
11146 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
11149 case dw_val_class_const
:
11150 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
11151 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
11152 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
11153 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
11156 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
11157 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
11158 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
11161 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
11163 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
11165 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
11166 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
11167 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11168 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11171 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11173 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11174 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11178 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11179 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11182 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11184 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11189 case dw_val_class_vec
:
11191 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
11192 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
11196 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
11197 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
11198 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
11203 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
11205 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11206 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
11207 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
11211 case dw_val_class_flag
:
11212 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11214 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11215 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11216 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11217 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11218 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11219 the same abbrev entry. */
11220 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
11221 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11222 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
11223 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
11226 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
11229 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
11231 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
11234 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
11239 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11240 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11242 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11244 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
11245 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11247 gcc_assert (type_node
);
11248 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
11252 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11256 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
11257 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
11259 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
11260 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11262 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
11263 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
11269 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
11270 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
11275 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11279 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
11280 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
11281 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
11286 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
11287 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11288 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
11292 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11293 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
11296 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11297 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11298 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
11301 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11302 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11303 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
11306 case dw_val_class_str
:
11307 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
11308 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11309 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
11311 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
11313 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
11316 case dw_val_class_file
:
11318 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
11320 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
11321 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
11325 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11329 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
11331 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11336 gcc_unreachable ();
11340 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
11342 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11343 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11344 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11345 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
11348 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11349 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11352 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11354 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11356 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11357 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11358 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11359 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11360 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
11361 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11362 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
11363 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
11364 debug_abbrev_section
,
11365 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11366 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11369 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11372 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
11374 const char *secname
;
11375 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
11377 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11378 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
11381 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11382 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11383 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11384 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11385 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11388 build_abbrev_table (die
);
11390 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11391 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11392 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11394 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11397 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11399 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11401 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11402 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11406 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11407 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11408 info_section_emitted
= true;
11411 /* Output debugging information. */
11412 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11415 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11416 output_pubnames. */
11420 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11424 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11427 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
11429 const char *secname
;
11432 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11436 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11437 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11439 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
11441 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11442 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11443 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11445 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11446 secname
= ".debug_types";
11447 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11448 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
11449 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11450 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11451 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11452 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11453 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11456 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11457 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11458 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11459 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11461 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11464 /* Output debugging information. */
11465 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11466 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11467 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11468 "Offset to Type DIE");
11469 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11471 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11474 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11476 static const char *
11477 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11479 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11481 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11484 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11487 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11489 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11494 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11495 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
11500 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11502 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11504 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11506 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11510 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11513 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11517 if (!targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11521 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11522 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
))
11523 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11528 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
11530 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11531 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
11532 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
11533 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
11534 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
11536 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
11541 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11543 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
11546 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11547 it to the table. */
11548 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
11549 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
11553 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11554 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11557 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
11560 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11563 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11564 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11565 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11566 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11567 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11568 "Length of Public Names Info");
11570 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11571 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11572 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11573 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11574 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11575 debug_info_section
,
11576 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11577 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11578 "Compilation Unit Length");
11580 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
)
11582 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11583 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11584 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11586 if (names
!= pubtype_table
11587 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
11588 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
11590 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
11593 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
11597 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11600 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
11603 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11605 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
11608 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
11610 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11611 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
11612 arange_table_allocated
);
11613 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
11614 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
11617 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
11620 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11621 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11622 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11625 output_aranges (void)
11628 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
11630 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11632 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11633 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11634 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11635 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11636 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11637 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11638 debug_info_section
,
11639 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11640 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11643 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11644 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11646 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11648 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11649 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11650 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11651 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11654 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11655 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11656 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11657 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11658 confused with the terminator. */
11659 if (text_section_used
)
11661 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11662 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11663 text_section_label
, "Length");
11665 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11667 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11669 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11670 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11673 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
11675 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
11677 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11678 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
11680 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
11682 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
11684 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
11685 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
11689 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11690 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11691 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11692 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
11693 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
11695 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
11698 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
11700 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11701 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
11702 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11703 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
11708 /* Output the terminator words. */
11709 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11710 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11713 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11716 static unsigned int
11717 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11719 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11721 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11723 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11724 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11725 ranges_table_allocated
);
11726 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11727 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11730 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11731 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11733 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11736 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11737 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11739 static unsigned int
11740 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11742 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11745 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11749 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11752 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11753 unsigned int offset
;
11755 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11757 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11758 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11760 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11761 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11762 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11763 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11766 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11767 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11768 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11770 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11773 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11779 output_ranges (void)
11782 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11783 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11785 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11787 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11791 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11792 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11794 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11795 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11797 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11798 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11799 base of the text section. */
11800 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11802 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11803 text_section_label
,
11804 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11805 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11806 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11809 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11810 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11811 about whether the target supports cross-section
11815 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11816 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11817 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11823 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11824 else if (block_num
< 0)
11826 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11828 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11830 gcc_unreachable ();
11832 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11833 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11834 the #if 0 above. */
11835 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11836 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11837 text_section_label
,
11838 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11839 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11840 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11841 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11846 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11847 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11848 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11849 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11850 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11856 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11857 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11863 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11866 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11867 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11868 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11869 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11870 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11873 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11877 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11878 int length
; /* Path length. */
11879 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11880 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11881 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11884 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11885 the directories in the path. */
11888 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11890 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11891 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11892 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11893 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11895 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11896 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11897 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11898 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11899 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11900 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11901 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11903 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11904 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11910 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11911 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11912 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11913 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
11914 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
11916 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11917 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
11918 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
11922 struct file_name_acquire_data
11924 struct file_info
*files
;
11929 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11932 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
11934 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
11935 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
11936 struct file_info
*fi
;
11939 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
11941 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
11944 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
11946 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
11948 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11950 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
11953 /* Create a new array entry. */
11955 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
11958 /* Search for the file name part. */
11959 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
11960 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11962 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
11966 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
11972 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
11976 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11977 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11978 slowdowns with many input files. */
11981 output_file_names (void)
11983 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
11985 struct file_info
*files
;
11986 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
11994 if (!last_emitted_file
)
11996 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11997 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12001 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
12003 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12004 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
12005 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
12007 fnad
.files
= files
;
12008 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
12009 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
12010 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
12011 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
12013 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
12015 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12016 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
12017 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
12018 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
12020 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12021 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12024 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12025 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
12026 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
12027 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
12029 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12030 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
12031 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
12037 /* This is a new directory. */
12038 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
12039 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
12040 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
12041 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12042 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12044 /* Search for a prefix. */
12045 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
12046 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12047 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
12048 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
12049 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
12050 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
12051 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
12052 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
12057 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12058 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12059 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12060 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12061 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12062 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12063 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12064 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12066 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
12067 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12072 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12073 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12074 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12075 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
12077 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12080 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
12082 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12086 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
12087 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
12088 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
12092 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12093 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12095 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12096 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
12101 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12103 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
12105 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12106 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12107 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
12109 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12110 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
12112 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12113 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
12118 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12119 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
12120 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12121 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12123 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12124 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12126 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12128 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12129 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12130 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12131 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
12132 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12133 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
12135 /* Now write all the file names. */
12136 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12138 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12139 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12141 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12142 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12144 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12145 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12150 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
12151 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
12152 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
12153 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
12155 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
12156 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
12157 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
12159 dw2_asm_output_nstring
12160 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12162 /* Include directory index. */
12163 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12165 /* Modification time. */
12166 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12167 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12171 /* File length in bytes. */
12172 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12173 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
12177 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
12178 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12180 /* Include directory index. */
12181 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12183 /* Modification time. */
12184 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12186 /* File length in bytes. */
12187 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12188 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12191 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12195 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12196 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12199 output_line_info (void)
12201 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
12202 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12203 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12205 unsigned n_op_args
;
12206 unsigned long lt_index
;
12207 unsigned long current_line
;
12210 unsigned long current_file
;
12211 unsigned long function
;
12212 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
12214 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
12215 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
12216 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
12217 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
12219 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12220 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12221 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12222 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
12223 "Length of Source Line Info");
12224 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12226 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
12227 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12228 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12230 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
12231 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
12232 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
12233 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
12234 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
12235 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
12236 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
12237 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
12238 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
12239 "Minimum Instruction Length");
12242 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12243 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12244 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12245 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12246 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12247 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12248 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12249 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12250 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12251 "Special Opcode Base");
12253 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12257 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12258 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12259 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12260 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12261 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12273 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12274 output_file_names ();
12275 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12277 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
12278 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
12279 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
12281 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
12282 a series of state machine operations. */
12286 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
12287 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
12289 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
12290 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
12292 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
12295 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
12296 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
12299 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
12300 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
12301 that anything after the last address is this line. */
12302 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
12303 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
12307 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
12309 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
12310 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
12311 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
12312 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
12313 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
12314 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12316 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
12319 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
12320 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12321 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12322 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12326 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12327 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12329 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12331 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12334 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
12336 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12337 different from the previous line. */
12338 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
12340 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
12341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12342 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
12345 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12346 that uses the least amount of space. */
12347 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
12349 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
12350 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12351 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
12352 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12353 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12354 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
12356 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12357 "line %lu", current_line
);
12360 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12361 depending on the value being encoded. */
12362 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12363 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
12364 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12365 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12369 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12370 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12373 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12376 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12377 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12378 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12382 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12383 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12384 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12385 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
12388 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12389 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12390 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12395 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
12397 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
12398 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
12401 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
12402 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
12403 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
12404 && line_info
->function
== function
)
12408 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
12409 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
12410 to handle it differently. */
12411 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12413 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
12415 function
= line_info
->function
;
12417 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12418 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12419 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12420 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12421 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12425 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12428 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12429 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12430 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12434 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12435 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12436 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12437 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12441 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
12443 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12444 different from the previous line. */
12445 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
12447 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
12448 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12449 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
12452 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12453 that uses the least amount of space. */
12454 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
12456 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
12457 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12458 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
12459 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12460 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12461 "line %lu", current_line
);
12464 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12465 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
12466 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12471 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12479 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12480 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
12481 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
12486 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12487 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
12490 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12491 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12492 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12496 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12497 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12498 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12499 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12502 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12503 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12504 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12505 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12509 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12510 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12513 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
12515 static unsigned long
12516 size_of_dcall_table (void)
12518 unsigned long size
;
12521 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
12523 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
12524 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
12526 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
12527 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
)
12529 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
12530 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12531 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
12533 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
12534 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
12535 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
12537 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
12538 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
12540 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
12546 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12547 identical function have been merged. */
12550 output_dcall_table (void)
12553 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
12555 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12556 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
12558 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12559 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12560 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12561 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
12562 "Length of Direct Call Table");
12563 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12564 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
12565 debug_info_section
,
12566 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
12567 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12569 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
)
12571 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12572 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
12574 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
12575 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
12578 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
12579 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
12580 "Caller DIE offset");
12583 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
12584 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
12585 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
12586 "Callee DIE offset");
12590 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
12592 static unsigned long
12593 size_of_vcall_table (void)
12595 unsigned long size
;
12599 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
12602 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
12603 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
)
12604 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
12609 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12610 identical function have been merged. */
12613 output_vcall_table (void)
12616 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
12618 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12620 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12621 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12622 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12623 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
12624 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
12625 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12626 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12628 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
)
12630 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
12631 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
12632 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
12636 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12637 a DIE that describes the given type.
12639 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12640 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12643 base_type_die (tree type
)
12645 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12646 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12648 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
12651 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12652 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12653 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12654 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12656 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12659 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12660 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12661 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12662 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12663 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12665 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12666 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12667 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12669 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12673 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12675 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12676 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12678 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12680 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12681 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12683 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12687 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12689 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12690 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12692 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12695 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12698 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12699 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12700 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12701 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12702 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12704 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12707 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12708 a user defined type for it. */
12710 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12711 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12713 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12717 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12718 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12722 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12723 gcc_unreachable ();
12726 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12728 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12729 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12730 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12732 return base_type_result
;
12735 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12736 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12739 is_base_type (tree type
)
12741 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12747 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12755 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12756 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12757 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12760 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12768 gcc_unreachable ();
12774 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12775 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12776 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12777 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12778 ERROR_MARK node. */
12780 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12781 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12783 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12784 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12785 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12787 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12788 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12790 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12793 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12795 static inline double_int
12796 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12798 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12799 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD
);
12800 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12801 return double_int_zero
;
12802 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
12803 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
12805 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type
));
12808 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12809 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12812 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12814 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12815 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12817 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12818 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
12820 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12822 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12824 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12825 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12826 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12830 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12832 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12834 return subrange_die
;
12837 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12838 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12841 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12842 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12844 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12845 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12846 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12847 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12848 tree qualified_type
;
12849 tree name
, low
, high
;
12851 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12854 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12857 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12858 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12859 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12861 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
12862 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
12863 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
12865 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
12867 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
12868 && TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
12869 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
)
12870 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
12871 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
));
12872 qualified_type
= t
;
12875 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12876 if (qualified_type
)
12878 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12880 return mod_type_die
;
12883 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12885 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12886 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12887 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12889 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12891 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12893 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12894 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12895 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12897 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12898 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12899 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12900 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12901 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12902 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12903 type to which it refers. */
12904 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12905 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12907 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12911 /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
12912 which leads to a qualified type. */
12913 && (!is_volatile_type
12914 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
) == NULL_TREE
12915 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
) != NULL_TREE
))
12917 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12918 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12920 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12922 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12923 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, 0, context_die
);
12925 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12927 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12928 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12929 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12930 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12931 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12932 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12933 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12935 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12937 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
12938 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (),
12941 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12942 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12943 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12944 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12945 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12946 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12947 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12949 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12950 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12951 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12953 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12954 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12956 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12957 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12960 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12962 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12963 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12964 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12965 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12966 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12968 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12969 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12971 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12972 not the main variant. */
12973 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12976 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12977 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12978 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12979 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12980 if the base type already has the same name. */
12982 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12983 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12984 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12985 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12986 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12987 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12989 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12990 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12991 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12992 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12993 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12994 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12996 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12997 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
12998 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, "__unknown__");
13000 if (qualified_type
)
13001 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
13004 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
13005 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
13006 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
13007 types are possible in Ada. */
13008 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
13009 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
13010 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
13013 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
13014 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
13016 return mod_type_die
;
13019 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
13020 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
13021 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
13024 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
13028 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
13030 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
13034 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
13035 else if (DECL_P (t
))
13036 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
13040 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
13042 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
13043 or function. End of story. */
13046 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
13047 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
13048 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
13050 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
13052 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
13053 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
13054 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
13055 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
13057 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
13059 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
13060 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
13061 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
13062 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
13063 an argument pack. */
13064 if (arg_pack_elems
)
13065 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
13069 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
13070 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
13075 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
13076 the representation of a generic type parameter.
13077 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
13078 ARG is the argument to PARM.
13079 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
13081 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
13082 as a child node. */
13085 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
13087 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13089 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
13090 const char *name
= NULL
;
13092 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
13095 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
13096 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
13097 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
13099 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13100 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
13101 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13102 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13103 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
13104 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13105 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13106 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
13107 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
13108 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
13109 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
13110 name of the template template argument. */
13111 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
13114 gcc_unreachable ();
13120 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13121 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13122 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13123 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13127 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
13129 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
13132 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13134 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13135 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13136 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13137 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13138 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13139 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
13140 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
13141 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
13146 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13147 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13148 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13150 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13151 to the name of the argument. */
13152 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
13154 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
13157 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13158 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13159 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13160 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13162 We must be careful here:
13163 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13164 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13165 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13166 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13167 emitted after cgraph computations.
13168 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13169 after cgraph is ready. */
13170 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
13176 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13177 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13178 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13181 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
13182 tree parm_pack_args
,
13183 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13188 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
13190 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
13191 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
13192 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
13193 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
13194 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
13195 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13200 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
13201 an enumerated type. */
13204 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
13206 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
13209 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13211 static unsigned int
13212 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
13214 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
13216 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
13218 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13219 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13221 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
13222 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13223 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13227 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13230 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13231 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13232 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13235 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13237 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13239 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13241 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13242 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13245 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13246 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13250 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13251 zero if there is none. */
13253 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13254 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13258 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13261 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13262 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13263 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13264 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13265 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13266 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13267 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13269 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13271 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13273 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13275 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13276 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13281 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13283 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
13284 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13286 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
13289 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13290 a given hard register number. */
13292 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13293 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13295 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13299 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13301 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13303 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13304 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13306 return reg_loc_descr
;
13309 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13310 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13312 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13313 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13314 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13316 int nregs
, size
, i
;
13318 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13321 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13322 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13324 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13325 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13326 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13329 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13330 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
13332 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13333 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13335 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
13340 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13342 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13343 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13344 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13345 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13351 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13353 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13355 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13358 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13360 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13362 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13363 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13364 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13365 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13366 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13369 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13370 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13374 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13376 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13377 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13379 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13381 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13382 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13386 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13387 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13388 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13389 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13390 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13391 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13392 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13393 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
13400 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
13401 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13402 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
13403 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13404 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13405 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
13410 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
13413 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13414 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13416 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13417 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13420 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13422 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13429 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13431 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13433 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13434 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13437 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
13443 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13445 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13446 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13449 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
13451 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13452 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13453 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13454 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13455 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13456 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
13458 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
13459 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13460 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13464 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13466 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
13467 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
13471 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13473 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13474 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
13475 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13477 unsigned int regno
;
13478 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
13479 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
13481 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13482 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13483 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13484 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13485 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13487 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
13491 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
13493 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
13494 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
13496 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13497 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13498 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
13499 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
13500 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13501 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
13503 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13504 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13505 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13506 access stack variables. */
13507 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
13508 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13511 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
13512 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13513 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
13514 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
13517 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
13518 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13523 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
13524 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
13526 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13527 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13528 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13529 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13530 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13531 else in other part of the routine. */
13532 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13535 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
13537 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
13540 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
13542 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13543 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13548 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13551 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
13553 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
13554 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13555 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13556 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
13559 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13562 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13563 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
13566 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
13568 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
13571 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
13573 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
13574 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
13577 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
13578 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13581 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
13582 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
13587 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13591 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
13593 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
13595 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13597 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
13600 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
13601 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
13603 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
13607 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13608 or via for_each_rtx. */
13611 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13615 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
13617 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13618 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13619 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13620 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
13622 if (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) != 1
13623 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
13624 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == NULL
13625 || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
13626 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))))
13627 inform (current_function_decl
13628 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
13629 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
13630 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13633 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13634 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13638 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
13641 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
13644 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
13645 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13646 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13649 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13650 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13655 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13658 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13659 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13660 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13661 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13662 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13663 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
13665 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
13667 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
13669 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13670 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13678 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13679 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13680 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13683 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
13685 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
13686 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
13688 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
13689 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
13694 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13695 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13696 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13697 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13699 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13700 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13701 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13702 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13704 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13705 autoincrement addressing modes.
13707 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13708 location list for RTL.
13710 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13712 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13713 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13714 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13716 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
13717 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13718 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13720 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13721 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13722 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13723 zeroth element of the array. */
13725 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
13727 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13732 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13735 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13736 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13737 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13738 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13739 contains the given subreg. */
13740 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
13742 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
13743 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13745 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
13747 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13751 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13752 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13753 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13754 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13755 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13756 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13757 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13758 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13759 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13760 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13761 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13762 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13763 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13764 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13765 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13766 else if (stack_realign_drap
13768 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
13769 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13771 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13772 out, use DRAP instead. */
13773 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
13774 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13780 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13781 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13786 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13787 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13788 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13789 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
13793 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13794 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13795 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13796 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13797 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13802 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13803 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13804 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
13805 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13806 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13808 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13810 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13813 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13814 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13816 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13817 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13818 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13822 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13823 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13824 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13829 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13831 /* ... fall through ... */
13834 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13835 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13839 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13840 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13842 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13844 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13845 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13848 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
13849 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
13850 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
13851 temp
= new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4
13852 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
, 0, 0);
13853 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13854 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13855 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13857 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13858 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13863 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13867 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13868 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13869 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13870 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13876 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
13877 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13878 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13882 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13883 PLUS code below. */
13884 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13889 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13891 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13892 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13893 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13894 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13896 /* ... fall through ... */
13900 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13901 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13902 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13903 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13906 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13907 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13908 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13911 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13912 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13915 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13916 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13917 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13918 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13920 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13921 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13922 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13927 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13928 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13970 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13971 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13972 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13973 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13975 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13978 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13979 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13980 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13984 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13985 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13986 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13987 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13989 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13992 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13993 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13994 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13995 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13996 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13997 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13998 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14014 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14015 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14020 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14021 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14025 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
14053 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14054 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14058 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14060 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14061 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14062 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14065 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14066 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14067 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14068 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14070 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14073 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
14074 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14076 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
14077 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14078 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
14079 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
14080 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
14082 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14084 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14085 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14088 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14089 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14091 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
14092 whether they are zero extended or not. */
14093 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14094 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14095 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14096 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14097 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14098 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14099 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14100 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14101 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14102 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14103 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14104 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
14105 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14106 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14107 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
14110 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14111 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14112 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14113 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
14116 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14117 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14123 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14124 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14125 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14126 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
14128 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14129 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
14130 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14151 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14152 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14156 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14158 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14159 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14160 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14163 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14164 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14165 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14166 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14168 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14171 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
14172 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14174 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
14175 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14177 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14178 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14181 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14182 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14184 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14185 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
14186 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14187 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14188 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14189 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14191 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14192 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14194 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14195 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
14196 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14197 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14198 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14199 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14201 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14202 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14207 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14208 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14209 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14210 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14211 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
14212 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14214 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14224 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
14225 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14226 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14229 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14230 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14231 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14232 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14234 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14237 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14238 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14239 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14240 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14242 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14244 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14245 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14246 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14247 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14248 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14252 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14253 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14254 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14255 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14258 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14260 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14261 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14262 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14263 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14264 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14265 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14266 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14269 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14273 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14274 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14275 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14277 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14279 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14280 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14281 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14282 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14283 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14284 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14285 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14291 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14292 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14293 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14294 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14295 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
14296 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14297 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14300 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14301 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14304 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
14308 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14309 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14310 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
14311 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
14312 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14314 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14316 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14317 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14319 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14321 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14323 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14324 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
14325 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14332 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
14333 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14334 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14335 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14336 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14337 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
,
14338 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14339 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
14342 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
14343 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
14344 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
14345 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14346 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14347 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14348 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14349 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14350 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14351 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14359 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
14360 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
14387 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
14389 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
14392 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
14393 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
14395 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
14407 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
14410 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
14411 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
14416 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
14420 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14421 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
14422 gcc_unreachable ();
14428 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14429 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14431 return mem_loc_result
;
14434 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
14435 This is typically a complex variable. */
14437 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14438 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14440 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14441 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
14442 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14443 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
14444 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14446 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
14449 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
14450 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
14452 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
14453 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
14455 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14456 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14458 return cc_loc_result
;
14461 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
14464 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14465 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14468 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14469 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
14471 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
14473 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
14474 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
14476 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14480 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
14481 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
14484 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14485 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14487 return cc_loc_result
;
14490 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
14491 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
14493 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14494 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14496 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
14501 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
14502 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
14503 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
14504 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
14505 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
, 0, offset
);
14506 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
14509 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14510 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
14511 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14515 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
14516 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
14521 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14522 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14523 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14524 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14525 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
14527 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
14528 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
14529 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14531 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14533 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14534 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14535 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14537 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
14539 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14542 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14543 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14544 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14545 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14546 contains the given subreg. */
14547 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
14551 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14555 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
14557 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14558 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
14559 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14561 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
14562 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
14563 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
14568 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
14573 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14578 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
14580 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
14581 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14582 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
14583 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
14587 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
14592 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
14593 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
14594 enum machine_mode mode
;
14597 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14598 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
14599 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14600 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14602 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
14603 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14604 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
14606 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
14608 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
14609 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14612 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
14613 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
14614 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14620 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
14621 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
14626 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14627 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14629 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14631 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14633 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14634 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14635 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14636 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14637 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14638 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
14639 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
14641 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
14642 unsigned char *array
14643 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
14645 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
14646 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14647 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
14648 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
14649 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14653 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
14654 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
14655 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
14661 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14662 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14664 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14666 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
14667 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
14668 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
14669 ggc_alloc_atomic (length
* elt_size
);
14673 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14674 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
14676 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
14677 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14679 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14680 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
14682 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
14683 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
14686 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
14687 insert_double (val
, p
);
14692 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
14693 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14695 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14696 insert_float (elt
, p
);
14701 gcc_unreachable ();
14704 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14705 length
* elt_size
, 0);
14706 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14707 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
14708 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
14709 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14714 if (mode
== VOIDmode
14715 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
14716 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14717 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
14719 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
14724 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14727 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14728 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14730 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14731 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14732 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14733 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14734 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
14738 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
14739 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
14743 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
14744 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14747 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14752 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
14753 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14754 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14756 /* Value expression. */
14757 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14759 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14760 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14768 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14769 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14770 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14771 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14772 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14773 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14775 static const char *
14776 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
14778 const char *secname
;
14780 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
14782 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
14783 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14785 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
14787 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
14788 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14790 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
14791 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
14793 secname
= text_section_label
;
14798 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14801 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
14803 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14804 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14805 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
14808 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14811 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14812 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
14813 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14815 int have_address
= 0;
14816 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14817 enum machine_mode mode
;
14819 if (want_address
!= 2)
14821 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
14823 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14825 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14826 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14827 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14828 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
14829 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14831 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14832 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
14837 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
14839 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
14843 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14850 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
14851 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
14853 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
14854 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14861 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14862 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14864 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14866 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14867 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14870 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14873 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14874 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14876 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14877 "Want address and only have value");
14881 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14882 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14884 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14885 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14887 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14889 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14890 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14893 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14896 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14898 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14904 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14905 if it is not possible. */
14907 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14908 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14910 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
14911 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
14912 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
14913 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
14918 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14919 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14921 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14922 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
14925 unsigned int padsize
= 0;
14926 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
14927 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
14929 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14931 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
14932 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
14935 decl_size
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1);
14937 descr_tail
= &descr
;
14939 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
14941 unsigned int bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
14942 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
14943 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
14944 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
14945 unsigned int opsize
= 0;
14947 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
14948 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
14950 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14953 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
14954 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
14955 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
14956 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
14958 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14962 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14963 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14964 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14965 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
14966 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
14967 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
14969 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
14973 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
14975 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
14979 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
14981 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14985 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14986 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14989 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
14991 decl_size
-= padsize
;
14992 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
14993 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14995 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
14998 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
15000 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
15002 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
15005 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
15006 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
15007 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
15009 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
15010 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15011 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15015 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
15016 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
15017 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
15018 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15019 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
15020 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
15025 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
15026 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
15027 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
15029 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
15031 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
15032 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15033 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
15035 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
15036 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
15038 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
15040 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15041 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
15045 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
15046 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15048 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
15052 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
15054 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
15056 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
15057 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15063 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
15064 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
15067 static dw_loc_list_ref
15068 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
15070 const char *endname
, *secname
;
15072 enum var_init_status initialized
;
15073 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15074 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
15075 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
15076 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
15077 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
15079 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
15080 actually construct the list of locations.
15081 The first location information is what is passed to the
15082 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
15083 locations just get added on to that list.
15084 Note that we only know the start address for a location
15085 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
15086 the range [current location start, next location start].
15087 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
15088 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
15090 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
15092 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15093 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
15094 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
15096 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15098 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
15099 inside DWARF expressions. */
15100 if (want_address
!= 2)
15102 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
15108 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
15109 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
15110 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
15114 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
15115 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
15117 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
15118 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
15119 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
15120 else if (!current_function_decl
)
15121 endname
= text_end_label
;
15124 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
15125 current_function_funcdef_no
);
15126 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
15129 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
15130 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
15134 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
15135 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
15136 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
15137 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
15138 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
15140 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
15146 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
15147 as location description. */
15150 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
15152 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
15153 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
15156 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
15159 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
15161 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
15162 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
15163 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
15166 copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15167 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
15168 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
15169 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
15171 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15172 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
15173 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
15176 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
15180 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
15181 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
15182 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
15183 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
15185 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
15186 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
15187 and merging them that will need some additional work.
15188 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
15192 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
15201 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
15203 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
15206 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
15208 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
15212 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
15213 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
15214 " location lists.\n");
15219 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
15220 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
15222 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15223 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
15225 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
15226 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
15227 enum machine_mode mode
;
15229 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
15234 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
15236 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
15237 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
15239 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
15241 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15242 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
15245 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15246 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15247 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15250 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
15251 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
15252 into simple arithmetics. */
15254 static dw_loc_list_ref
15255 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
15258 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15259 enum machine_mode mode
;
15261 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15262 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15264 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
15265 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15266 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15268 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
15270 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
15273 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
15275 expansion_failed (obj
,
15276 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
15279 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
15280 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
15282 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15283 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15285 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
15290 /* Variable offset. */
15291 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15292 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15294 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15297 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15298 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15300 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15302 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15303 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15305 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15306 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15307 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15308 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15314 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
15315 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
15316 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
15317 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
15318 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
15319 to refer to register values). */
15321 static dw_loc_list_ref
15322 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15324 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
15325 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15326 int have_address
= 0;
15327 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15329 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
15330 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
15333 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
15336 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
15339 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
15340 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
15341 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
15342 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
15343 the names of types. */
15344 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
15348 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
15349 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15352 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15353 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15354 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15355 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15356 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
15357 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15361 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
15362 e.g. for &this->field. */
15365 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
15366 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
15369 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
15370 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15373 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
15374 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
15375 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
15379 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
15385 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
15388 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
15389 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
15390 bool dtprel
= false;
15392 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
15394 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
15396 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
15399 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
15400 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
15401 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
15402 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
15403 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
15404 operand shouldn't be. */
15405 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
15407 first_op
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
;
15409 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
15413 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
15414 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
15416 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
15417 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
15418 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
15419 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
15420 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
15421 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
15422 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
15425 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15426 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15431 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15432 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
15435 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
15436 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15437 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15438 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
15440 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
15441 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
15449 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
15450 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
15455 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15458 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
15460 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
15462 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
15463 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
15466 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15467 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15469 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
15472 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
15474 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15475 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15476 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
15477 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
15479 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15481 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
15484 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15486 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15487 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15488 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15492 enum machine_mode mode
;
15494 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
15495 if (want_address
== 2)
15497 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
15498 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15503 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15506 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15509 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15512 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
15513 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
15520 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
15524 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15528 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
15529 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
15532 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
15535 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
15537 case COMPONENT_REF
:
15538 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
15540 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
15541 case REALPART_EXPR
:
15542 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
15545 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15546 enum machine_mode mode
;
15548 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15550 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15551 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15553 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
15555 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
15557 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
15558 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15559 for nonzero bitpos. */
15562 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
15564 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15565 "bitfield access");
15569 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
15571 /* Variable offset. */
15572 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15573 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15575 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15578 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15581 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15583 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
15584 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15585 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15592 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15593 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15595 else if (want_address
== 2
15596 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
15597 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15598 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
15599 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
15601 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15602 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
15605 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15606 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15615 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15618 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15619 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15620 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15623 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
15624 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
15629 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
15634 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
15635 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
15640 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
15641 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
15642 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
15643 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
15644 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15653 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
15654 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
15655 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
15656 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
15657 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15662 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15663 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15664 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15667 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15670 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15671 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15672 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
15673 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
15674 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15686 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
15689 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
15691 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
15693 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15697 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
15705 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15712 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15719 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15726 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15741 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15742 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15743 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15746 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15749 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15752 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
15766 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15770 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15776 const enum tree_code code
=
15777 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
15779 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
15780 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
15781 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
15782 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
15785 /* ... fall through ... */
15789 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15790 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15791 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15792 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
15793 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
15795 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15796 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
15799 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15800 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
15802 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
15803 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15804 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
15806 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
15807 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15808 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
15810 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15811 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
15812 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
15813 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15814 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
15818 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
15822 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15823 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15824 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
15825 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
15827 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15828 "language specific tree node");
15832 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15833 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15834 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15835 gcc_unreachable ();
15837 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15838 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15843 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
15846 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
15847 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15849 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15851 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15852 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15856 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15858 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15859 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15862 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15863 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
15865 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15866 "Want address and only have value");
15870 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
15872 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15873 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
15875 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15877 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
15879 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15880 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15883 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15886 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
15889 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15891 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15894 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
15899 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15900 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15901 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15903 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
15906 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
15908 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15909 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15915 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15916 which is not less than the value itself. */
15918 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15919 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
15921 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
15924 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15925 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15926 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15927 ERROR_MARK node. */
15930 field_type (const_tree decl
)
15934 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15935 return integer_type_node
;
15937 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
15938 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
15939 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15944 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15945 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15946 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15948 static inline unsigned
15949 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
15951 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15954 static inline unsigned
15955 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
15957 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15960 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15962 static inline double_int
15963 round_up_to_align (double_int t
, unsigned int align
)
15965 double_int alignd
= uhwi_to_double_int (align
);
15966 t
= double_int_add (t
, alignd
);
15967 t
= double_int_add (t
, double_int_minus_one
);
15968 t
= double_int_div (t
, alignd
, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
);
15969 t
= double_int_mul (t
, alignd
);
15973 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15974 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15975 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15976 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15977 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15980 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15981 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
15983 double_int object_offset_in_bits
;
15984 double_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
15985 double_int bitpos_int
;
15987 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15990 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
15992 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15993 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15994 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15995 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
15998 bitpos_int
= tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl
));
16000 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
16001 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
16004 tree field_size_tree
;
16005 double_int deepest_bitpos
;
16006 double_int field_size_in_bits
;
16007 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
16008 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
16009 double_int type_size_in_bits
;
16011 type
= field_type (decl
);
16012 type_size_in_bits
= double_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16013 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
16015 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
16017 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
16018 a flexible array member. */
16019 if (!field_size_tree
)
16020 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
16022 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
16023 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
16024 field_size_in_bits
= tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree
);
16026 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
16028 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
16030 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
16031 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
16032 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
16033 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
16034 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
16035 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
16036 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
16037 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
16038 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
16040 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
16042 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
16043 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
16044 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
16045 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
16046 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
16047 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
16048 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
16049 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
16050 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
16051 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
16052 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
16054 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
16055 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
16056 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
16057 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
16058 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
16059 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
16060 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
16061 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
16062 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
16063 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
16066 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
16067 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
16068 must have believed that the containing object started (within
16069 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
16070 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
16071 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
16072 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
16074 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
16075 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
16076 deepest_bitpos
= double_int_add (bitpos_int
, field_size_in_bits
);
16078 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
16079 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
16081 object_offset_in_bits
16082 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
16084 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
16086 object_offset_in_bits
16087 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
16089 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
) > 0)
16091 object_offset_in_bits
16092 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
16094 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
16095 object_offset_in_bits
16096 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
16100 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
16101 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
16103 object_offset_in_bytes
16104 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits
,
16105 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT
), true,
16107 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes
);
16110 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
16111 associated with them. */
16113 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
16115 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
16116 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
16117 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
16120 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
16121 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
16125 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
16126 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
16128 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
16131 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
16134 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16136 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
16137 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
16138 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
16139 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
16140 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
16141 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
16143 if (dwarf_version
== 2
16144 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
16145 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
16146 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
16148 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
16150 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
16151 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
16154 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
16155 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
16156 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
16157 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
16158 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
16159 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
16162 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16163 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16164 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16165 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
16166 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
16167 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
16168 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
16169 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
16170 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
16171 function below.) */
16174 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16176 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
16177 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
16179 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
16181 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
16182 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
16184 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
16185 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
16186 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
16187 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
16189 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
16191 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
16193 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
16195 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
16196 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
16197 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16199 /* Extract the vtable address. */
16200 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
16201 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16203 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
16204 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
16205 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
16207 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
16208 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16209 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
16210 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16212 /* Extract the offset. */
16213 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
16214 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16216 /* Add it to the object address. */
16217 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
16218 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16221 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
16224 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16228 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
16230 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
16232 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
16234 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
16239 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
16241 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
16242 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
16243 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
16245 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16246 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
16247 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
16251 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
16254 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
16258 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
16261 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
16264 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
16268 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
16274 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
16276 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16277 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
16279 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
16285 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
16291 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
16294 insert_double (double_int val
, unsigned char *dest
)
16296 unsigned char *p0
= dest
;
16297 unsigned char *p1
= dest
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
16299 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16305 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.low
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
16306 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.high
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
16309 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
16312 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
16314 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
16318 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
16319 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
16321 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
16322 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
16324 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
16329 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
16330 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
16331 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
16332 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
16333 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
16336 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
16338 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
16342 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
16345 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
16347 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
16352 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
16353 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
16354 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
16357 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16359 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
16361 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
16362 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
16364 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16365 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
16368 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
16369 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
16375 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16376 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
16377 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
16378 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
16379 (length
* elt_size
);
16383 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
16385 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
16386 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16388 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16389 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
16391 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
16392 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
16395 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
16396 insert_double (val
, p
);
16401 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
16402 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16404 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16405 insert_float (elt
, p
);
16410 gcc_unreachable ();
16413 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
16418 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16420 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
16421 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
16423 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
16424 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
16425 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
16426 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16427 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
16428 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
16434 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16435 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
16438 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16441 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16446 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
16447 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
16448 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
16449 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
16450 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
16451 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
16452 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
16453 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
16454 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
16455 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
16456 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
16464 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
16465 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
16466 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
16468 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
16474 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
16475 gcc_unreachable ();
16480 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
16481 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
16484 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
16485 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16487 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
16488 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
16490 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
16491 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16493 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
16494 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
16495 be conservative. */
16496 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
16497 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
16499 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
16501 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (*tp
);
16502 if (!node
|| !node
->needed
)
16505 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
16506 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
16508 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
16509 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
16510 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
16511 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
16512 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
16515 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16521 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
16522 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
16525 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
16527 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
16529 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
16530 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
16531 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16533 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16534 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16535 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16537 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
16539 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
16540 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
16541 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
16542 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
16543 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
16545 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
16546 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
16547 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
16548 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
16551 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
16553 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
16555 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
16556 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
16557 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
16558 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
16560 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
16561 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
16562 reference variables which won't be output. */
16563 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
16564 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
16566 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
16568 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
16569 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16574 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
16576 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
16577 bool constant_p
= true;
16579 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
16581 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16582 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16583 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16584 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
16585 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
16587 constant_p
= false;
16593 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
16603 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
16605 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16606 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
16612 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16615 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
16619 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16620 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16621 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16623 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16624 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16625 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16626 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16627 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16628 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16629 referenced within the function.
16631 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16632 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16633 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16634 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16636 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16637 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16638 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16639 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16640 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16641 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16643 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16644 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16645 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16646 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16647 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16648 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16649 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16650 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16651 output at debug-time.
16653 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16654 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16655 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16656 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16657 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16658 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16659 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16660 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16661 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16662 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16663 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16664 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16665 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16667 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16668 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16669 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16670 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16671 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16672 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16673 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16674 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16675 I'd like to fix it.
16677 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16678 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16679 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16680 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16681 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16682 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16683 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16684 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16685 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16686 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16687 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16689 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16690 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
16692 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16693 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16694 fixed registers. */
16695 if (! reload_completed
)
16698 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
16700 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16702 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16703 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
16705 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16710 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
16712 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
16714 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
16715 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
16716 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
16717 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
16719 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16720 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16721 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16722 if (dmode
== pmode
)
16723 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16724 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
16725 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16726 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16728 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16731 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
16733 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16734 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
16735 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16736 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
16743 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16744 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16745 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16746 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16747 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16748 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16750 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
16751 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
16752 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16753 /* Not passed in memory. */
16754 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16755 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16756 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16757 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16758 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16759 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
16760 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16763 /* Big endian correction check. */
16764 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16765 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
16766 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
16769 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
16770 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
16772 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16773 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
16776 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16779 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
16780 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16782 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
16783 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16785 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16786 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16787 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16788 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16789 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16790 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16792 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16793 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
16796 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16797 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16798 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16799 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16800 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
16803 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16805 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16806 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16807 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16809 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
16811 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16812 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16814 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
16815 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16816 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
16817 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16818 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
16819 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
16820 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
16822 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
16824 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16825 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
16832 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16833 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16834 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16837 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
16839 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
16840 enum machine_mode mode
;
16841 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
16843 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
16845 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16846 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16847 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16848 be handled as such. */
16849 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16850 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16851 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
16855 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
16856 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
16859 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
16860 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
16862 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
16863 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
16864 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
16865 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
16869 if (offset
!= NULL
)
16871 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
16873 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
16876 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16881 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16882 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16883 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16884 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16885 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16886 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16887 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16888 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16889 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16890 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
16893 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
16894 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
16897 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16898 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
16900 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16903 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
16904 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
16906 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16909 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
16910 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16911 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16914 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16915 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16916 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16917 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
16920 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
16921 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16922 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16923 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
16925 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
16927 node
= loc_list
->first
;
16928 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
16929 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16930 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
16931 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16932 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16935 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
16938 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
16941 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16942 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16943 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
16946 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16949 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
16951 deferred_locations entry
;
16952 entry
.variable
= variable
;
16954 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
16957 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16958 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16961 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
16965 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
16969 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16972 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16973 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16975 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16976 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16978 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
16980 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16982 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
16984 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
16985 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16986 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
16987 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16990 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
16995 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16996 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16998 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17000 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
17001 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
17002 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
17003 constructor_elt
*ce
;
17005 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
17006 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
17009 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
17010 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
17013 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
17014 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
17015 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
17017 tree val
= ce
->value
;
17018 tree index
= ce
->index
;
17020 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
17021 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
17024 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
17029 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
17032 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
17033 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
17035 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
17036 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
17040 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
17041 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
17044 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
17048 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
17049 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
17051 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
17052 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
17053 constructor_elt
*ce
;
17055 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
17058 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17059 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
17061 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
17063 tree val
= ce
->value
;
17064 int pos
, fieldsize
;
17066 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
17072 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
17075 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17076 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
17077 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
17079 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
17080 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
17082 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
17083 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
17084 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
17086 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
17092 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17093 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
17094 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
17096 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
17100 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
17101 attribute is the const value T. */
17104 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
17107 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
17110 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
17114 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
17116 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
17118 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
17119 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
17120 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
17121 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
17123 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
17124 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
17126 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
17127 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size
);
17129 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
17131 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
17139 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
17140 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
17141 variable with static storage duration
17142 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
17145 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
17149 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
17150 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
17153 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
17154 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
17155 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
17160 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
17161 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
17164 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
17167 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
17168 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
17169 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
17170 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
17173 static dw_loc_list_ref
17174 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17177 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
17179 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
17180 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
17181 dw_cfa_location remember
;
17183 fde
= current_fde ();
17184 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
17186 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
17190 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
17191 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
17192 remember
= next_cfa
;
17194 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
17196 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
17197 advance opcodes. */
17198 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
17199 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
17201 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17202 last_label
= start_label
;
17204 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
17205 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
17207 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
17208 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
17209 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
17210 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
17211 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17213 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17214 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17216 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17217 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17218 start_label
= last_label
;
17220 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
17223 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
17224 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
17225 gcc_unreachable ();
17228 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
17232 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17234 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17235 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17236 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17237 start_label
= last_label
;
17240 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
17241 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
17243 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
17249 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
17250 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
17251 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
17252 before the latter is negated. */
17255 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17259 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
17260 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
17261 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
17263 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
17264 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
17267 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
17268 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
17270 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
17271 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
17274 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
17275 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17276 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
17277 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
17278 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17279 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
17281 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
17284 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
17285 the value of the attribute. */
17288 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
17290 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
17292 if (demangle_name_func
)
17293 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
17295 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
17299 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
17302 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
17304 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
17310 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
17314 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
17315 wd1
= (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen
+ 2);
17317 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
17318 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
17322 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
17325 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
17329 lower_bound_default (void)
17331 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
17336 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
17338 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
17341 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
17342 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
17343 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
17347 case DW_LANG_Python
:
17348 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
17349 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
17350 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
17351 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
17352 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
17353 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
17354 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
17356 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
17362 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
17363 a representation for that bound. */
17366 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
17368 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
17373 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
17376 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
17379 /* Use the default if possible. */
17380 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
17381 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
17382 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17383 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
17386 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
17387 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
17388 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
17389 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
17391 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
17392 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
17393 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17394 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
17396 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
17397 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
17398 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17399 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17401 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
17402 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17407 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17408 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
17418 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
17420 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
17421 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
17422 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
17423 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
17424 later parameter. */
17425 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
17427 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17435 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
17436 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
17438 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
17439 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
17441 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
17442 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
17444 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
17445 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
17446 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
17447 If that fails to give a single element list,
17448 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
17449 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
17450 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
17452 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
17459 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
17460 ctx
= comp_unit_die ();
17462 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
17464 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
17465 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17466 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
17467 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
17468 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17474 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
17475 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
17476 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
17477 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
17480 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
17482 unsigned dimension_number
;
17484 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
17486 for (dimension_number
= 0;
17487 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
17488 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
17490 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
17492 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
17495 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
17496 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
17498 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
17501 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
17502 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
17503 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
17505 /* Define the index type. */
17506 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
17508 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
17509 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
17510 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
17511 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
17512 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
17513 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
17514 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
17517 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
17521 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
17522 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
17524 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
17525 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
17526 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
17528 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
17530 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
17533 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
17534 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
17540 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
17544 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
17549 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
17552 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
17553 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
17556 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
17557 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
17558 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
17559 even for bit-fields. */
17560 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17563 gcc_unreachable ();
17566 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
17567 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
17568 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
17569 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
17570 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17573 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
17574 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
17575 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17578 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17579 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17580 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17581 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17582 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17583 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17585 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17586 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17587 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17590 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17592 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
17593 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
17594 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
17595 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
17596 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
17597 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
17599 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17600 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
17602 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17603 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17604 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17605 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
17606 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17609 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
17611 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17612 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17613 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17614 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17615 below must take account of these differences. */
17616 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17617 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
17619 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17621 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
17622 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
17626 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17627 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
17628 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
17630 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
17633 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17634 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17637 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17639 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17640 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
17641 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
17643 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17644 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
17647 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17648 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17651 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
17653 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
17654 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
17655 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
17658 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17659 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17662 static inline dw_die_ref
17663 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
17665 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
17667 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
17669 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17670 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17671 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17673 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17674 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17678 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
17680 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
17682 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
17685 if (DECL_P (origin
))
17686 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
17687 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
17688 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
17690 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17691 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17692 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17693 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17694 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17695 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17696 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17700 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
17704 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17707 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
17709 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
17711 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
17713 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
17714 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
17715 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
17716 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
17719 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17720 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17721 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
17722 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
17723 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
17727 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
17728 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
17729 standardized it. */
17732 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17734 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
17736 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
17737 if (name
[0] == '*')
17740 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
17741 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
17743 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
17746 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17749 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17751 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17753 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
17754 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17757 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
17760 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17762 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
17763 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
17764 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
17765 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
17766 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
17768 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17769 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
17771 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
17773 asm_name
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
17774 asm_name
->die
= die
;
17775 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
17776 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
17777 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
17779 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
17780 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
17784 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17785 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17788 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17792 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
17793 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
17795 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
17797 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
17798 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17799 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
17801 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
17804 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17805 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17806 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17807 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
17809 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
17810 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17811 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17813 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17816 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17817 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
17820 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
17822 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17825 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
17826 die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
17827 die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_subprogram
;
17828 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
17829 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
17830 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17831 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
17833 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
17834 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
17835 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
17837 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
17838 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
17842 die
->die_sib
= die
;
17843 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
17846 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17848 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17851 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
17853 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
17856 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17859 pop_decl_scope (void)
17861 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
17864 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17865 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17866 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17867 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17868 the current active scope. */
17871 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17873 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
17874 tree containing_scope
;
17877 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17878 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
17880 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
17882 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17883 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
17885 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
17888 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17891 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17892 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17893 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17894 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
17895 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17897 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
17898 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
17899 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
17901 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17902 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17903 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17904 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
17905 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
17910 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17911 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
17912 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
17913 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
17914 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
17916 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
17917 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
17918 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
17921 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
17924 scope_die
= context_die
;
17929 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17932 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17934 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
17935 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17936 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
17942 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17945 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17947 return (context_die
17948 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
17949 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
17950 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
17951 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
17954 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17955 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17958 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17960 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
17961 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
17964 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17965 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17966 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17969 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
17970 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17972 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
17973 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
17975 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17976 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17977 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17978 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17979 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
17980 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
17981 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
17983 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
17984 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17985 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17986 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17987 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
17990 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
17991 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
17992 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
17995 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
17996 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
17999 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
18000 function call type. */
18002 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
18004 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
18006 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
18007 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
18010 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
18012 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
18013 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
18014 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
18015 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
18016 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
18017 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
18018 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
18019 value
= DW_CC_program
;
18021 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18022 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
18025 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
18026 is not DW_CC_normal. */
18027 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
18028 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
18031 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
18032 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
18033 was declared without a tag. */
18035 static const char *
18036 type_tag (const_tree type
)
18038 const char *name
= 0;
18040 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
18044 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
18045 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
18046 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
18047 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
18049 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
18050 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
18052 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
18053 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18055 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
18056 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
18057 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
18058 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
18059 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
18060 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18061 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
18064 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
18065 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
18066 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
18069 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
18072 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
18073 for bit field types. */
18076 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
18078 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
18079 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
18082 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
18083 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
18086 static const char *
18087 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
18090 const char *fnname
;
18092 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
18093 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
18096 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
18098 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
18103 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
18104 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
18105 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
18108 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18110 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18111 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18113 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
18114 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
18115 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
18116 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
18117 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
18118 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
18119 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
18120 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
18121 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
18123 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
18126 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
18127 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
18128 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
18129 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18131 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
18133 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
18135 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18136 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18137 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18138 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
18140 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18141 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
18142 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
18143 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
18145 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
18146 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
18148 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
18149 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
18151 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
18152 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18153 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18159 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
18160 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
18161 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
18162 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
18165 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18166 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
18167 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
18170 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18171 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18172 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18174 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
18175 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
18177 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18179 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18180 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
18181 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
18182 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18185 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
18186 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
18187 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
18188 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
18189 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
18190 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
18191 for multidimensional arrays. */
18192 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
18195 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18196 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
18197 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
18198 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18199 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
18200 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18203 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
18205 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
18206 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18207 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
);
18208 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18209 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1));
18212 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
18214 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
18215 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
18216 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18217 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
18218 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
18220 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
18222 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
18225 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18226 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
18229 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18231 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18232 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18235 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18236 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
18238 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
18239 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
18240 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
18242 if (val
== base_decl
)
18243 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
18245 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
18248 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18250 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
18252 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
18253 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18256 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
18259 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18262 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18263 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
18265 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
18267 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
18269 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
18270 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
18273 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18276 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
18282 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18285 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
18288 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
18289 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18311 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
18312 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
18314 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
18316 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
18318 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18322 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
18326 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
18329 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
18330 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
18333 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
18334 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18336 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18337 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18340 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18341 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18342 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18344 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18346 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
18347 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18349 if (info
->data_location
)
18350 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
18352 if (info
->associated
)
18353 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
18355 if (info
->allocated
)
18356 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
18359 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
18361 dw_die_ref subrange_die
18362 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18364 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
18366 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
18369 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
18370 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
18371 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
18374 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
18375 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
18378 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
18379 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18380 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
18382 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
18383 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
18384 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
18388 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
18389 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18391 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18392 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18397 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18399 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18400 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
18402 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18403 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
18406 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18407 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
18408 0, 0, context_die
);
18411 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18412 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18414 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
18418 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
18419 emit full debugging info for them. */
18422 retry_incomplete_types (void)
18426 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
18427 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
18428 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
18429 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die ());
18432 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
18434 static enum dwarf_tag
18435 record_type_tag (tree type
)
18437 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
18438 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18440 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
18442 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
18443 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18445 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
18446 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
18448 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
18449 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18450 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
18451 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18454 gcc_unreachable ();
18458 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
18459 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
18460 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
18464 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18466 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18468 if (type_die
== NULL
)
18470 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
18471 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18472 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18473 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18474 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18476 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
18477 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
18478 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
18479 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18482 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18485 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18487 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
18488 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
18489 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
18490 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18494 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18495 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18496 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18498 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18499 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18502 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18503 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18504 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18505 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
18507 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
18508 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18510 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
18511 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18513 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
18514 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
18516 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
18517 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
18519 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
18520 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
18521 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
18522 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
18523 values as if they were signed. That means that
18524 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
18525 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
18526 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
18527 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
18531 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18533 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18534 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18539 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
18540 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
18543 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
18544 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
18545 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
18546 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
18547 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
18548 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
18549 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
18550 argument type of some subprogram type.
18551 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
18555 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
18556 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18558 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
18559 tree ultimate_origin
;
18560 dw_die_ref parm_die
18561 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
18563 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
18565 case tcc_declaration
:
18566 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
18567 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
18568 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18569 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18570 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
18571 else if (emit_name_p
)
18572 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
18574 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
)
18575 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
18576 decl_function_context
18577 (node_or_origin
))))
18579 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
18580 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
18581 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
18584 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
18585 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin
),
18586 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin
),
18589 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
18590 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18592 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
18593 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
18594 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
18595 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
18601 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
18602 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18606 gcc_unreachable ();
18612 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
18613 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
18616 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
18617 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
18618 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18619 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18620 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
18621 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
18624 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
18626 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
18630 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
18632 gcc_assert (parm_pack
18633 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
18636 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
18637 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
18639 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
18641 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
18644 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
18645 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
18650 return parm_pack_die
;
18653 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
18654 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
18657 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18659 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
18662 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
18663 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
18664 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
18665 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18668 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18671 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
18672 tree first_parm_type
;
18675 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18677 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
18678 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
18683 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18685 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18686 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18687 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
18689 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
18691 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18692 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
18695 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18696 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
18697 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18699 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
18700 && link
== first_parm_type
)
18702 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18703 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18704 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
18706 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
18707 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18709 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
18711 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
18714 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18715 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18716 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
18717 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
18719 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18720 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18721 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18722 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
18723 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18724 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
18727 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18728 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18729 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18730 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18731 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18734 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18736 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18738 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18739 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18740 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18741 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
18742 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
18744 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18745 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
18747 push_decl_scope (type
);
18748 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
18749 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18750 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
18751 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
18753 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18754 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18755 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
18756 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
18757 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18759 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
18760 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
18764 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
18770 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18771 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18774 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
18776 dw_die_ref old_die
;
18780 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
18782 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18783 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
18785 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18786 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18787 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18790 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18791 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18792 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18793 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
18794 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
18796 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18797 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18798 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18800 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
18802 gen_type_die_for_member
18803 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die ());
18806 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18807 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
18808 current_function_decl
= decl
;
18809 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
18811 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
18812 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
18813 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
18814 if (! was_abstract
)
18815 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
18817 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
18818 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
18822 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18825 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18826 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18829 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18834 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
18835 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18837 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18841 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18842 through htab_traverse.
18844 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18845 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18846 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18849 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
18850 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18852 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
18855 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
18856 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
18857 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
18858 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
18861 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18862 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18863 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (entry
->var_decl
);
18864 if (node
&& node
->needed
)
18866 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18867 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18868 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
18869 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18875 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18878 premark_used_types (void)
18880 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
18881 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
18884 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18887 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18889 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
18890 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
18891 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
18894 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18898 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18900 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18901 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18902 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
18905 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18906 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
18907 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18909 premark_used_types ();
18911 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
18912 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18913 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18914 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18915 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18917 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18918 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
18921 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
18924 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18925 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18926 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
18927 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
18928 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
18929 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18930 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
18932 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18934 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
18936 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18937 inline function. */
18938 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18939 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
18941 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18942 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
18946 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18947 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18949 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
18950 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18951 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18952 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18953 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18955 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18956 something we have already output. */
18960 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18961 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18962 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18963 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18964 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18965 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18966 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18967 if ((is_cu_die (old_die
->die_parent
) || context_die
== NULL
)
18968 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
18969 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
18970 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
18971 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
18973 subr_die
= old_die
;
18975 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18976 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18977 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18978 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18979 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18980 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18981 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
18982 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
18986 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18987 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
18988 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18989 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18990 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18991 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18996 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18998 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18999 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19001 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
19002 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19004 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19005 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
19006 0, 0, context_die
);
19009 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19010 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19011 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19013 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19018 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19020 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19022 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
19023 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
19024 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
19025 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19026 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
19028 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
19029 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
19030 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
19031 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
19033 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
19034 later reused to represent definition. */
19035 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19038 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19040 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
19042 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
19043 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
19045 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
19049 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
19050 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
19052 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
19055 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
19056 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
19057 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19059 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19061 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19063 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
19065 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19066 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19068 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
19070 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19071 current_function_funcdef_no
);
19072 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
19073 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
19074 current_function_funcdef_no
);
19075 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
19077 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19078 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
19079 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
19080 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
19081 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
19082 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
19083 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
19084 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
19085 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
19086 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
19087 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
19088 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
19091 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
19093 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
19094 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
19095 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
19097 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
19098 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
19099 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
19103 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19104 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
19107 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
19108 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
19109 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
19111 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
19112 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
19113 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
19114 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
19116 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
19117 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
19118 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
19122 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19123 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
19124 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
19127 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
19129 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
19130 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
19131 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
19132 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
19133 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
19134 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
19135 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
19137 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
19139 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
19140 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
19144 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
19145 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
19146 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
19148 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
19151 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
19152 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
19153 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
19154 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
19155 by this displacement. */
19156 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
19158 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
19159 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
19160 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
19163 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19164 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19165 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
19167 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
19168 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
19169 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
19170 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
19171 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
19172 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
19173 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
19174 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
19175 an ellipsis at the end. */
19177 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
19178 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
19179 its formal parameters. */
19180 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19182 else if (declaration
)
19183 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19186 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
19187 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
19188 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
19189 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
19190 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
19193 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
19194 emit their relevant DIEs.
19196 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
19197 as well as it being a normal function.
19199 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
19200 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
19201 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
19202 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
19203 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
19204 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
19205 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
19206 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
19207 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
19210 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
19211 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
19213 if (generic_decl_parm
19214 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
19215 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
19220 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
19222 if (parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
19223 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
19225 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19226 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
19228 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
19231 if (generic_decl_parm
)
19232 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
19235 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
19236 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
19237 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
19238 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
19239 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
19240 parameters at all. */
19241 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19242 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
19244 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
19245 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19246 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19248 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19249 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19252 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
19253 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
19254 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
19256 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
19257 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
19258 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
19259 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
19260 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
19261 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
19262 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
19264 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
19265 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
19266 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
19267 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
19268 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
19269 constructor function. */
19270 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
19272 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
19273 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
19274 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
19276 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
19277 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
19279 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
19280 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19284 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
19287 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
19289 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
19290 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
19293 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
19294 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
19297 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
19299 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
19300 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
19301 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
19304 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
19305 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
19308 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19312 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19313 tree ultimate_origin
;
19314 dw_die_ref var_die
;
19315 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
19316 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
19317 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
19318 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
19319 bool specialization_p
= false;
19321 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19322 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
19323 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19324 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
19326 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
19327 of a data member. */
19330 dw_die_ref com_die
;
19331 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
19332 die_node com_die_arg
;
19334 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19337 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
19339 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
19344 /* Optimize the common case. */
19345 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19346 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19347 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19348 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
19350 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19351 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19353 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19355 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19356 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19362 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
19363 common_block_die_table
19364 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
19365 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
19367 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19368 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
19369 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
19370 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19371 if (com_die
== NULL
)
19374 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
19377 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
19378 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
19381 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19382 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
19383 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
19384 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19386 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19387 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19388 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
19389 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19390 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
19391 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
19393 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
19395 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19396 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19397 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19399 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
19400 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19401 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
19402 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
19403 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19408 /* Optimize the common case. */
19409 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19410 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19411 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19412 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
19413 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19414 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19416 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19418 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19420 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19421 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19422 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19426 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
19427 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
19428 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
19429 inside functions, though. */
19430 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
19433 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
19434 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
19435 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
19436 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
19437 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19439 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
19442 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19443 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
19445 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
19446 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
19448 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
19449 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
19452 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
19454 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
19455 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
19456 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
19458 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
19459 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
19461 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
19462 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
19463 specialization_p
= true;
19464 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
19466 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19467 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19469 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19470 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19472 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19473 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19475 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
19476 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
19480 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19482 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19484 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19485 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
19486 decl_function_context
19487 (decl_or_origin
))))
19489 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
19491 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19492 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19494 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin
),
19495 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19498 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19500 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19501 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19503 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19504 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19506 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
19510 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19512 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
|| old_die
== NULL
))
19513 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19516 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19517 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19518 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19520 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
19521 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19522 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
19523 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19524 to add it again. */
19525 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
19527 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19528 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
19529 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19531 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
19534 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19537 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
19540 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19543 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19545 dw_die_ref const_die
;
19546 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19548 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
19549 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
19550 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
19551 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19552 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19553 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19554 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19555 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
19558 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19561 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19563 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19564 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
19566 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19568 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19569 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
19571 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
19573 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19574 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
19577 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19579 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19580 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19581 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19585 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
19587 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19588 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19589 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19590 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19591 it if it ever does happen. */
19592 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
19594 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
19595 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19600 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19601 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19602 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19605 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19607 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
19609 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19611 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
19612 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
19617 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19618 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19621 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19623 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19625 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
19626 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19630 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
19632 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19633 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19634 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
19637 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
19639 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
19642 add_ranges (chain
);
19643 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
19650 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19651 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19652 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19653 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
19654 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19655 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
19659 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
19662 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19664 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
19666 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19667 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
19669 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
19672 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19675 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19679 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
19681 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
19683 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
19685 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
19686 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
19687 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
19688 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
19689 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19691 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19693 dw_die_ref subr_die
19694 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
19696 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19697 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19698 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
19699 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
19701 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
19702 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
19706 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19709 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19711 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19713 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
19716 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19717 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
19718 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
19719 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
19722 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
19724 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19725 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19726 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19729 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
19730 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19732 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19733 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19735 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19737 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19738 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
19742 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19743 Use modified_type_die instead.
19744 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19745 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19748 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19751 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19753 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
19754 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19755 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
19758 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19759 Use modified_type_die instead.
19760 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19761 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19764 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19766 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
19768 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
19769 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19771 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19773 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
19774 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19775 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
19779 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19782 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19785 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
19786 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19788 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
19789 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
19790 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
19791 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19794 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19797 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
19800 char producer
[250];
19801 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
19804 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
19808 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
19809 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19810 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
19811 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
19814 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
19816 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19817 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
19818 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
19819 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
19820 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
19821 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
19822 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
19823 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19824 strcat (producer
, " -g");
19827 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
19829 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
19830 from the global list of translation units. */
19831 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
19835 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
19837 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
19839 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
19842 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
19843 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
19845 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
19846 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
19847 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
19848 common_lang
= "GNU C++";
19851 /* Fall back to C. */
19852 common_lang
= NULL
;
19858 language_string
= common_lang
;
19861 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
19862 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
19863 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
19864 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
19865 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
19866 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19867 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
19868 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19870 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19871 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
19872 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
19873 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
19874 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
19875 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
19876 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19877 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
19878 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19879 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
19882 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
19886 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
19887 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
19888 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
19889 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19890 lowercases everything. */
19891 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
19894 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19900 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19903 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19905 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
19907 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19908 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
19910 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
19911 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
19913 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
19914 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
19915 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
19916 if (access
== access_public_node
)
19918 if (dwarf_version
== 2
19919 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
19920 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
19922 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
19923 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
19924 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
19925 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
19926 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
19929 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19932 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19935 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
19938 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19939 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19940 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19941 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19942 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19943 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19944 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19945 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19946 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19947 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19948 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19950 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19953 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
19957 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
19958 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
19959 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
19960 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
19963 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19964 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
19966 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19967 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19968 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19969 do put them in the right order. */
19971 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
19973 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
19975 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
19978 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19979 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
19981 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19982 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
19985 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
19987 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
19989 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
19993 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19994 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19995 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19998 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
19999 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20001 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20002 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
20004 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
20005 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20006 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
20007 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
20008 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
20010 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
20013 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20014 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20015 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
20018 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
20020 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
20021 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
20023 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
20025 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
20026 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
20028 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20030 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
20032 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
20035 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
20037 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
20038 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
20039 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
20040 gen_generic_params_dies (type
);
20042 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
20043 then give a list of members. */
20044 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
20046 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
20047 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
20048 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20049 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
20050 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
20052 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20053 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20056 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
20057 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
20058 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20059 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
20061 push_decl_scope (type
);
20062 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
20065 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
20066 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
20068 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
20070 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
20071 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
20072 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
20077 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20079 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
20080 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20081 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
20082 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
20085 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20086 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
20089 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
20092 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20094 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
20095 dw_die_ref subr_die
20096 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
20097 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20099 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
20100 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
20101 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
20102 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
20104 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20105 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
20108 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
20111 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20113 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20116 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
20119 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
20120 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
20121 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
20122 if (origin
!= NULL
)
20123 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
20128 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
20129 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
20131 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
20133 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20134 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
20138 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
20140 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20142 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
20143 an anonymous type, e.g:
20144 typedef struct {...} foo;
20145 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
20146 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
20147 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
20150 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
20151 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
20152 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
20153 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
20154 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
20155 anonymous struct DIE. */
20156 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20157 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20161 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
20162 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
20164 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
20165 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
20166 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
20168 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20170 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
20173 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
20174 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
20176 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20177 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
20180 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
20183 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
20184 dw_die_ref context_die
,
20185 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20189 if (type
== NULL_TREE
20190 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
20193 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
20194 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
20195 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
20196 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
20197 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
20198 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
20199 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
20200 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20201 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
20203 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
20205 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20208 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
20209 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20210 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20213 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20214 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
20216 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
20217 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
20218 decls_for_scope. */
20219 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20220 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
20222 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
20223 context_die
= NULL
;
20228 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
20232 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
20234 /* This might have been written out by the call to
20235 declare_in_namespace. */
20236 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20237 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20240 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20245 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
20246 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
20247 when appropriate. */
20250 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
20253 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
20254 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20256 struct array_descr_info info
;
20258 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
20261 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
20262 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
20263 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
20265 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20268 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
20269 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
20271 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20272 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20273 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20274 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20275 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20277 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20279 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20283 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
20284 generate debug info for the typedef. */
20285 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20287 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20288 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20289 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20290 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20291 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20293 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20297 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
20298 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
20299 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
20300 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
20301 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
20303 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
20304 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20308 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
20309 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
20310 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
20311 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
20312 cloned type itself). */
20313 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
20314 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
20316 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20319 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
20325 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
20326 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
20327 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
20328 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
20329 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
20331 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20333 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
20334 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
20335 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20336 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20340 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
20341 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
20342 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
20343 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20345 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
20346 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20347 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20349 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
20351 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20354 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
20355 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20356 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20357 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20358 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20362 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20363 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20364 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20365 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20369 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20373 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20376 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
20379 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
20380 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20386 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
20389 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
20394 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
20396 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20397 if (type_die
== NULL
)
20399 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
20400 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
20401 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
20402 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
20403 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
20404 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20410 gcc_unreachable ();
20413 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20417 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20419 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20422 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
20423 things which are local to the given block. */
20426 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20428 int must_output_die
= 0;
20431 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
20432 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20435 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
20437 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
20438 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
20439 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
20440 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
20444 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
20445 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20450 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
20453 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
20454 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
20455 must_output_die
= 1;
20458 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
20459 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
20460 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20461 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
20462 as being a "significant" one. */
20463 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
20464 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
20465 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
20466 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20467 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
20468 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
20469 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20470 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20471 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
20472 must_output_die
= 1;
20475 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
20476 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
20477 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
20478 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
20479 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
20480 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
20481 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
20482 if (must_output_die
)
20486 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
20487 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
20488 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
20489 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
20490 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
20491 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
20492 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
20493 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20495 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
20496 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
20497 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
20498 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
20499 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20500 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20503 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20506 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20509 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
20510 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
20512 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20515 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20517 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
20518 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
20519 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
20520 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
20521 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
20525 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20526 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
20527 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
20528 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
20529 stmt
, context_die
);
20531 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
20534 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
20535 all of its sub-blocks. */
20538 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20544 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20545 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20548 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20549 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20550 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20551 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
20552 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
20553 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
20554 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
20555 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
20558 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
20559 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20562 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20563 therein) of this block. */
20564 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
20566 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
20567 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20570 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20573 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
20575 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
20578 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
20579 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
20580 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
20581 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
20582 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
20583 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20589 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20590 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20593 typedef struct {...} foo;
20595 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20596 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
20600 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
20602 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
20603 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
20604 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20605 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
20606 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
20607 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
20608 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
20609 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
20613 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
20614 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
20615 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20616 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
20619 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
20621 static inline dw_die_ref
20622 get_context_die (tree context
)
20626 /* Find die that represents this context. */
20627 if (TYPE_P (context
))
20628 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
20630 return force_decl_die (context
);
20632 return comp_unit_die ();
20635 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
20638 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
20640 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
20641 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
20642 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
20643 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20646 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20648 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20652 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
20654 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
20655 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
20656 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
20657 declaration die. */
20658 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
20659 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
20660 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
20661 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
20665 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
20666 gen_decl_die() call. */
20667 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
20668 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
20669 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
20670 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
20673 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
20674 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20675 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20677 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
20678 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20681 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
20682 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20686 gcc_unreachable ();
20689 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
20691 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20692 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
20698 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
20699 always returned. */
20702 force_type_die (tree type
)
20704 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20706 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20709 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20711 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
20712 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
20713 gcc_assert (type_die
);
20718 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
20719 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
20722 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20724 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
20725 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
20726 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20727 /* Force out the namespace. */
20728 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
20730 return context_die
;
20733 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
20734 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
20736 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
20737 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
20740 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20742 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
20744 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20745 return context_die
;
20747 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
20748 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
20749 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
20750 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
20751 return context_die
;
20753 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
20755 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
20759 if (DECL_P (thing
))
20760 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
20762 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
20764 return context_die
;
20767 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
20770 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20772 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
20774 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
20775 they are an alias of. */
20776 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
20778 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
20779 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
20780 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
20781 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
20782 context_die
, decl
);
20783 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
20784 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20786 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
20788 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
20791 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
20792 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20793 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20794 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
20798 /* Output a namespace alias. */
20800 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
20801 dw_die_ref origin_die
20802 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
20804 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
20805 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20806 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
20807 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
20808 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
20809 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
20810 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
20811 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
20815 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
20816 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
20817 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
20820 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20822 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20823 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
20825 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
20828 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
20834 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
20836 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
20837 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
20841 /* Emit its type. */
20842 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
20844 /* And its containing namespace. */
20845 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
20847 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
20850 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
20851 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
20852 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
20853 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
20854 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin
)
20855 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
20856 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
20861 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
20862 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
20863 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
20864 /* This is only a declaration. */;
20867 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
20868 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
20869 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
20870 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
20871 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
20873 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
20874 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
20875 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
20876 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
20877 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
20878 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
20879 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
20880 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
20881 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20883 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
20884 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
20887 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20888 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20890 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20891 have its containing type. */
20893 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
20894 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
20895 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
20897 /* And its return type. */
20898 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
20900 /* And its virtual context. */
20901 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20902 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
20904 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
20905 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
20906 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
20908 /* And its containing namespace. */
20909 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
20912 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20914 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
20918 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20919 actual typedefs. */
20920 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20923 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20924 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20925 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20926 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20927 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20928 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20929 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20930 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20931 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20933 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20936 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
20937 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
20939 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20940 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
20944 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
20945 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
20950 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20951 variable declarations or definitions. */
20952 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20955 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20957 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
20958 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
20960 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
20962 /* And its containing type. */
20963 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
20964 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
20965 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
20967 /* And its containing namespace. */
20968 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
20970 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
20971 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
20972 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
20974 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
20975 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
20976 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
20977 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
20978 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20981 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
20985 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
20986 anonymous unions and structs. */
20987 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
20988 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
20989 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
20991 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
20992 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
20997 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
20998 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
21000 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
21001 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21002 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21005 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21006 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21007 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21008 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
21012 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
21013 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
21020 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
21021 compilation proper has finished. */
21024 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
21026 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
21027 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
21028 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
21029 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
21030 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
21031 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21034 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
21035 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
21037 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
21040 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21043 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21044 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
21045 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
21046 that DECL belongs to.
21047 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
21049 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
21051 tree lexical_block
,
21052 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
21054 expanded_location xloc
;
21055 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
21056 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
21058 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
21060 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
21061 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
21065 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
21067 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
21069 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21070 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
21071 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
21072 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
21073 if (!at_import_die
)
21075 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
21076 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
21077 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21078 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
21083 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21084 if (!at_import_die
)
21086 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
21087 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
21088 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
21090 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
21092 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
21093 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
21094 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
21095 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21097 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
21098 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
21100 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
21104 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21106 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21107 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
21114 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
21118 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
21119 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
21121 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
21122 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
21123 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
21126 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21127 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
21128 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
21129 importing whole module. */
21132 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
21135 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
21136 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
21138 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21143 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
21144 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
21147 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
21148 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
21150 && TYPE_P (context
)
21151 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21154 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21157 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
21161 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
21162 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
21163 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
21164 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
21167 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
21168 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
21172 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21175 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
21177 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21179 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
21184 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21185 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
21186 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
21187 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
21188 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
21189 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
21190 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
21191 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
21192 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
21193 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
21194 with the definition of the function.
21196 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
21197 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
21198 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
21199 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
21200 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
21201 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
21202 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
21203 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
21204 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
21205 that they *are* definitions).
21207 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
21208 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
21209 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
21210 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
21211 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
21212 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
21215 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
21216 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
21217 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
21218 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
21219 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
21220 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21221 context_die
= NULL
;
21225 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
21226 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
21227 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
21228 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
21229 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
21230 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
21231 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
21232 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
21233 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
21236 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
21237 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21238 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21240 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21241 variable declarations or definitions. */
21242 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21247 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21249 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21251 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21252 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21255 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21256 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21257 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21259 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
21264 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
21265 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
21268 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
21269 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
21270 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
21273 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
21274 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21277 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
21278 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
21279 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
21280 context_die
= NULL
;
21288 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
21291 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21294 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
21296 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21298 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
21301 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
21302 a lexical block. */
21305 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21306 unsigned int blocknum
)
21308 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21309 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21312 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
21316 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
21318 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21319 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21322 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
21323 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
21325 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
21326 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
21327 we may end up calling them anyway. */
21330 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
21335 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
21336 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21337 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21339 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
21341 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
21342 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21343 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21350 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
21353 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
21355 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
21356 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
21357 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
21358 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
21362 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
21364 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
21365 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
21368 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
21369 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
21370 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
21371 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
21372 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
21373 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
21374 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
21375 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
21376 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
21379 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
21380 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
21383 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
21385 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
21386 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
21387 if (file_table_last_lookup
21388 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
21389 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
21390 return file_table_last_lookup
;
21392 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
21393 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
21394 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
21396 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21398 created
= ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
21399 created
->filename
= file_name
;
21400 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
21405 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
21406 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
21407 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
21408 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
21409 types, which may include filenames. */
21412 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
21414 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
21416 if (last_emitted_file
)
21417 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
21419 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
21420 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
21422 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21424 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
21425 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
21426 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
21427 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
21431 return fd
->emitted_number
;
21434 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
21435 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
21436 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
21439 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
21441 die_arg_entry entry
;
21446 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21447 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
21448 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
21452 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
21453 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
21457 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
21458 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
21459 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
21462 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
21464 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21469 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
21470 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
21475 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
21478 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
21484 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
21488 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
21492 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
21495 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
21497 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
21498 /* replace the string. */
21499 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
21503 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
21506 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
21507 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
21508 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
21511 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
21514 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
21516 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
21520 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
21521 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
21522 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
21523 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
21525 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21526 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
21529 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
21532 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
21534 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
21537 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
21538 insnd_uid of *Y. */
21541 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
21543 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
21544 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
21547 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
21550 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
21552 struct vcall_insn
*item
= ggc_alloc_vcall_insn ();
21553 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
21556 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
21557 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
21558 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
21559 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
21560 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
21564 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
21566 static unsigned int
21567 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
21569 struct vcall_insn item
;
21570 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
21572 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
21573 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
21574 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
21576 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
21578 return (unsigned int) -1;
21579 return p
->vtable_slot
;
21583 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
21584 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
21585 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
21589 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
21591 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
21593 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
21594 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
21595 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
21599 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
21600 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
21604 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
21606 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
21608 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
21609 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
21612 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
21613 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
21614 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
21615 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
21616 lowering to RTL. */
21619 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
21621 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
21624 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
21627 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
21628 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
21629 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
21631 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21632 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
21635 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21636 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21637 our lookup table. */
21640 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
21642 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
21643 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
21645 static const char *last_label
;
21646 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
21647 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
21650 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
21653 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
21654 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21655 don't do anything. */
21656 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
&& !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21659 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
21660 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
21661 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
21662 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
21663 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
21664 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
21667 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
21670 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
21671 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
21672 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
21673 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
21674 if (newloc
== NULL
)
21677 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
21678 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
21679 create a new label and emit it. */
21680 if (last_label
== NULL
)
21682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21683 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21685 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21688 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21689 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
21692 if (!last_postcall_label
)
21694 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
21695 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21697 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
21700 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
21701 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
21704 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
21705 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
21706 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
21707 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
21710 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
21712 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
21713 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
21714 else if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
21716 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
21717 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
21718 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
21719 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
21720 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21723 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
21726 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
21727 and record information relating to this source line, in
21728 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
21731 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
21732 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
21734 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
21736 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
21739 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
21741 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21743 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
21744 if (flag_debug_asm
)
21745 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
21748 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21750 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
21751 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
21752 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
21754 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
21755 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
21757 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
21758 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
21759 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
21761 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
21762 line_info_table_in_use
++;
21764 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
21766 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
21767 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
21768 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
21769 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
21771 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21772 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
21773 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
21775 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
21776 separate_line_info_table
21777 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
21778 separate_line_info_table
,
21779 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
21780 memset (separate_line_info_table
21781 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
21783 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
21784 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
21787 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21789 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
21790 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
21791 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
21792 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
21796 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
21798 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
21799 line_info_table_in_use
);
21801 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21802 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
21804 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
21806 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
21807 line_info_table_allocated
);
21808 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
21809 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
21812 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21813 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
21814 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
21815 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
21820 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
21823 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
21825 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21827 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
21828 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
21830 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
21831 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
21834 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21837 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
21839 e
.info
= xstrdup (filename
);
21840 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
21844 /* Record the end of a source file. */
21847 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21849 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21850 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
21851 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
21853 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21856 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
21859 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
21863 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21864 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21865 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21868 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21869 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21871 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21874 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
21876 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
21877 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
21881 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21882 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21883 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21886 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21887 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21889 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21892 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
21894 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
21895 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
21900 output_macinfo (void)
21903 unsigned long length
= VEC_length (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
);
21904 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
21909 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
, i
, ref
); i
++)
21913 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
21915 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (ref
->info
));
21916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
21917 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
21918 (ref
->lineno
, "Included from line number %lu",
21919 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
21920 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
21923 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
21924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
21926 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
21927 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
21928 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
21929 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
21930 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
21932 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
21933 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
21934 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
21935 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
21936 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
21939 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
21940 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long)ref
->code
);
21946 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21949 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21951 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21952 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
21953 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
21955 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21956 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
21957 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
21959 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21960 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
21961 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
21963 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21964 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
21966 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21967 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
21968 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
21969 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
21970 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21971 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
21973 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
21974 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_line_info_entry
21975 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
21976 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
21978 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21979 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
21981 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21982 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
21983 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
21985 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
21986 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
21987 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
21989 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
21991 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
21993 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
21994 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21995 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
21996 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21997 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
21998 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21999 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
22000 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22001 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
22002 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22003 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
22004 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22005 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
22006 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22007 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
22008 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22009 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
22010 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22011 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
22012 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22013 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
22014 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
22015 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
22016 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22017 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
22018 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22020 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
22021 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
22022 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22023 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22024 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
22025 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22026 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
22028 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
22029 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22030 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
22031 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
22033 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22034 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
22035 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22037 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22038 macinfo_table
= VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry
, gc
, 64);
22040 switch_to_section (text_section
);
22041 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
22044 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
22045 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
22048 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
22050 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
22051 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
22052 && (!(flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
22053 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
))
22054 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
22057 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22058 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
22061 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22063 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
22065 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
22067 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
22068 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
22069 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
22075 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22076 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
22079 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
22083 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
22084 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
22086 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22088 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
22089 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
22092 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22098 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
22101 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
22102 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
22105 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
22110 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22112 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
22114 /* A reference to another DIE.
22115 Make sure that it will get emitted.
22116 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
22117 if (dwarf_version
< 4
22118 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
22119 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
22120 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
22122 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
22123 accounts properly for it. */
22124 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22125 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
22130 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
22131 to DIE's children. */
22134 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
22138 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22140 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
22143 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
22144 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
22145 if (die
->die_parent
)
22146 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
22148 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
22149 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
22151 /* If this node is a specification,
22152 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
22153 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
22154 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
22157 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
22159 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
22160 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
22163 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
22164 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
22165 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
22166 for all type definitions. */
22167 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
22168 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
22169 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
22170 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
22172 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
22176 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
22177 and if so, mark them. */
22180 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
22184 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
22187 switch (die
->die_tag
)
22189 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
22190 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
22191 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
22194 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
22195 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
22196 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
22197 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
22204 /* Mark children. */
22205 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
22208 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
22211 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
22215 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
22216 children have been marked as well. */
22217 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
22220 switch (die
->die_tag
)
22222 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
22223 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
22224 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
22225 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
22228 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
22229 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
22232 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
22233 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
22234 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
22235 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
22236 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
22238 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
22240 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22243 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
22244 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
22245 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
22246 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
22247 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
22248 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
22249 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
22250 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
22251 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
22252 case DW_TAG_friend
:
22253 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
22254 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
22255 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
22256 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
22257 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
22258 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
22259 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
22260 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
22261 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
22264 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22268 /* Mark everything else. */
22272 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22276 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
22277 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
22282 /* Mark children. */
22283 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
22286 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
22290 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
22295 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22296 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22298 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
22300 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
22301 twice in the hash table. */
22303 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
22306 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
22307 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
22309 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
22315 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
22318 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
22322 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
22323 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
22325 if (! die
->die_child
)
22328 c
= die
->die_child
;
22330 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
22331 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
22332 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
22334 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
22336 /* No marked children at all. */
22337 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
22340 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
22341 die
->die_child
= prev
;
22346 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
22348 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
22349 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
22352 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22353 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
22354 decided to emit. */
22357 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22359 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
22361 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
22362 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
22367 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
22370 prune_unused_types (void)
22373 limbo_die_node
*node
;
22374 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
22376 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
22378 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22379 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
22380 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
22381 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22382 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
22383 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22384 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
22385 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22387 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
22388 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
22390 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
22391 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
22392 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22393 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
22394 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22396 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
22397 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
22400 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
22401 pubname_table or arange_table. */
22402 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
22403 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
22404 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
22405 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
22407 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
22408 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
)
22409 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
22411 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
22412 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
22413 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
22414 else if (debug_str_hash
)
22415 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
22416 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
22417 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22418 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
22419 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22420 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
22422 /* Leave the marks clear. */
22423 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
22424 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22425 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
22426 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22427 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
22430 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
22433 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
22435 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
22436 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
22437 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
22445 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
22448 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
22451 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
22453 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
22458 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
22460 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
22461 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
22463 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
22464 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
22467 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
22468 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
22469 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
22470 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
22471 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
22472 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
22475 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
22477 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22478 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22480 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
22481 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
22485 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22487 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
22491 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
22493 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22494 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
22498 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
22499 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
22500 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
22503 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22507 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
22509 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
22510 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
22511 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
22513 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
22514 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
22515 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
22517 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
22518 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
22523 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
22524 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
22525 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
22528 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
22529 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
22535 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
22536 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
22537 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
22540 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
22542 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
22543 if (((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
|| loc
->dtprel
)
22544 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
22545 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
22546 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
22547 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
22549 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
22550 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
22553 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
22556 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
22557 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
22558 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
22563 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
22564 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
22565 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
22566 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
22567 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
22568 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
22571 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
22575 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
22578 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22579 switch (AT_class (a
))
22581 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
22582 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
22585 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
22587 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
22588 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
22590 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
22591 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
22596 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
22598 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
22600 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22604 case dw_val_class_loc
:
22605 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
22607 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22611 case dw_val_class_addr
:
22612 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
22613 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
22615 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22623 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
22626 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
22627 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
22630 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */
22632 static inline hashval_t
22633 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
22635 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
22636 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
22638 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
22640 case DW_OP_const4u
:
22641 case DW_OP_const8u
:
22645 case DW_OP_const1u
:
22646 case DW_OP_const1s
:
22647 case DW_OP_const2u
:
22648 case DW_OP_const2s
:
22649 case DW_OP_const4s
:
22650 case DW_OP_const8s
:
22654 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
22690 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
22691 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
22692 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
22699 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
22700 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
22701 hash
= iterative_hash_object (offset
, hash
);
22704 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
22705 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, hash
);
22706 switch (val2
->val_class
)
22708 case dw_val_class_const
:
22709 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
22711 case dw_val_class_vec
:
22713 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
22714 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
22716 hash
= iterative_hash_object (elt_size
, hash
);
22717 hash
= iterative_hash_object (len
, hash
);
22718 hash
= iterative_hash (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
22719 len
* elt_size
, hash
);
22722 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
22723 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
, hash
);
22724 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
, hash
);
22726 case dw_val_class_addr
:
22727 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
22730 gcc_unreachable ();
22734 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
22735 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
22736 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
22742 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
22743 hash
= iterative_hash_object (dtprel
, hash
);
22745 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
22747 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
22748 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
22752 /* Other codes have no operands. */
22758 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */
22760 static inline hashval_t
22761 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
22763 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
22764 bool sizes_computed
= false;
22765 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
22766 size_of_locs (loc
);
22768 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
22770 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
22771 hash
= iterative_hash_object (opc
, hash
);
22772 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
22774 size_of_locs (loc
);
22775 sizes_computed
= true;
22777 hash
= hash_loc_operands (l
, hash
);
22782 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
22785 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
22787 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
22788 hashval_t hash
= 0;
22790 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
22792 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1, hash
);
22793 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1, hash
);
22795 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1,
22797 hash
= hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hash
);
22799 list_head
->hash
= hash
;
22802 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
22805 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
22807 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
22808 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
22809 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
22810 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
22812 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
22814 case DW_OP_const4u
:
22815 case DW_OP_const8u
:
22819 case DW_OP_const1u
:
22820 case DW_OP_const1s
:
22821 case DW_OP_const2u
:
22822 case DW_OP_const2s
:
22823 case DW_OP_const4s
:
22824 case DW_OP_const8s
:
22828 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
22864 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
22865 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
22866 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
22869 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
22870 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
22871 && x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
);
22872 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
22873 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
22874 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
22875 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
22877 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
22879 case dw_val_class_const
:
22880 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
22881 case dw_val_class_vec
:
22882 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
22883 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
22884 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
22885 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
22886 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
22887 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
22888 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
22889 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
22890 case dw_val_class_addr
:
22891 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
22893 gcc_unreachable ();
22896 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
22897 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
22898 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
22901 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valx2
->v
.val_addr
);
22902 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
22903 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
22904 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
22905 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
22906 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
22908 /* Other codes have no operands. */
22913 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
22916 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
22918 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
22919 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
22920 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
22921 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
22923 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
22926 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
22929 loc_list_hash (const void *x
)
22931 return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
)->hash
;
22934 /* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */
22937 loc_list_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
22939 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*a
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
;
22940 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*b
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) y
;
22943 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
22945 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
22946 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
22947 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
22948 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
22949 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
22950 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
22952 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
22955 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
22956 children and share them whenever possible. */
22959 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, htab_t htab
)
22966 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22967 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
22969 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
22970 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
22971 it and storing into the hash table. */
22972 hash_loc_list (list
);
22973 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
, list
, list
->hash
,
22976 *slot
= (void *) list
;
22978 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= (dw_loc_list_ref
) *slot
;
22981 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
22984 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
22985 children and share them whenever possible. */
22988 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
22990 htab_t htab
= htab_create (500, loc_list_hash
, loc_list_eq
, NULL
);
22991 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, htab
);
22992 htab_delete (htab
);
22995 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
22996 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
22999 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
23001 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
23002 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
23003 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
23006 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
23008 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
23009 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
23010 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
23011 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
23012 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
23013 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
23016 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
23018 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
23021 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
23023 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
23024 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
23025 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
23029 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
23030 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
23031 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
23032 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
23034 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
23036 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
23037 next_node
= node
->next
;
23039 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
23041 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
23044 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
23045 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
23047 else if (seen_error ())
23048 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
23049 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
23052 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
23053 nested function can be optimized away, which results
23054 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
23055 with the return type of that nested function. Force
23056 this to be a child of the containing function.
23058 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
23059 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
23060 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
23061 the function is likely unreachable too. */
23062 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
23064 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
23066 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
23067 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
23068 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
23069 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
23071 gcc_assert (context
23072 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
23073 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
23075 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
23077 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
23079 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
23084 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
23086 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
23088 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23090 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
23091 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
23093 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
23094 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
23098 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
23100 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
23101 emit full debugging info for them. */
23102 retry_incomplete_types ();
23104 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
23105 prune_unused_types ();
23107 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
23108 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
23109 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
23110 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
23112 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
23113 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
23115 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
23117 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
23118 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
23120 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
23122 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
23123 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
23124 references to the main compile unit). */
23125 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23126 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
23127 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
23129 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
23130 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
23131 referenced. Prune them. */
23132 prune_unused_types ();
23135 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
23136 that have children. */
23137 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
23138 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23139 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
23140 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23141 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
23143 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
23144 switch_to_section (text_section
);
23145 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
23146 if (cold_text_section
)
23148 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
23149 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
23152 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
23154 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
23155 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
23157 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
23158 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
23163 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
23164 bool range_list_added
= false;
23166 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
23167 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
23168 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
23169 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
23170 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
23171 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
23172 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
23174 if (text_section_used
)
23175 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label
,
23176 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
23177 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
23178 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label
,
23179 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
23181 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
23183 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
23185 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
23187 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
23188 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (),
23189 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
23190 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
23191 &range_list_added
);
23192 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
23193 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (),
23194 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
23195 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
23196 &range_list_added
);
23198 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
23199 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23200 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
23203 if (range_list_added
)
23207 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
23208 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
,
23209 debug_line_section_label
);
23211 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23212 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
23214 if (have_location_lists
)
23215 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
23217 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
23218 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
23219 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23220 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
23222 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
23223 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23225 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
23227 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
23228 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
23231 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
23232 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
23234 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
23235 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
23236 debug_line_section_label
);
23238 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
23241 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
23243 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
23244 will be emitted. */
23245 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
23247 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
23248 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
23249 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
23250 output_abbrev_section ();
23252 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
23253 if (have_location_lists
)
23255 /* Output the location lists info. */
23256 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
23257 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
23258 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23259 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
23260 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
23263 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
23264 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
23266 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
23267 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
23268 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
23271 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
23272 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
23273 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
23274 simply won't look for the section. */
23275 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
23277 bool empty
= false;
23279 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
23281 /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */
23285 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
, i
, p
)
23286 if (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0)
23294 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
23295 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
23296 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
23300 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
23301 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
23303 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
23304 output_dcall_table ();
23306 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
23308 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
23309 output_vcall_table ();
23312 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
23313 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
23314 if (fde_table_in_use
)
23316 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
23320 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
23321 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
23323 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
23324 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
23328 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
23329 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
23330 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
23331 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
23332 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
23333 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
23334 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
23335 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
23336 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
23337 output_line_info ();
23339 /* Have to end the macro section. */
23340 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23342 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
23343 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
23344 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
))
23346 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
23349 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
23351 if (debug_str_hash
)
23352 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
23355 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"